2आज सर्वशक्तिवान बाप अपने मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान बच्चों को सर्व शक्तियों का खज़ाना देने आये हैं . āj sarvśhaktivān bāp apnē master sarvśhaktivān bachchō̃ kō sarv śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā dēnē āyē haĩ . āj sarvśhaktivān[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today Almighty Authority father one’s own master Almighty Authority child to all Shakti of treasure give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
3Today, the Almighty Authority Father, the One with all Powers has come to give the treasure of all powers to His master almighty authority children.
3सर्वशक्तियों का खज़ाना कितना सहज प्राप्त होता है . sarvśhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā kitnā sahaj prāpt hōtā hai . sarvśhaktiyō̃[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all the powers of treasure so easy reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .
4The treasure of all powers is attained so easily.
4एक सेकण्ड में जाना मेरा बाबा , बाबा ने कहा मेरे बच्चे , इतने में ही खज़ानों के मालिक बन गये . ēk second mē̃ jānā mērā bābā , bābā nē kahā mērē bachchē , itnē mē̃ hī khazānō̃ K|kē mālik ban gayē . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , bābā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . one second in (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) I[.kā] Baba , Baba ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] I[.kē] child , such in only treasure (K|of) master become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
5In one second, you recognized "Mera Baba" (My Baba) and Baba said, "My child" and, through just that you became a master of the treasures.
5तो हर एक बच्चे के पास सर्व खज़ाने सदा साथ हैं ना ! tō har ēk bachchē kē pās sarv khazānē sadā sāth haĩ nā ! tō har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē pās[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! then each one child to all treasure constantly with be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
6So, all of you children constantly have all the treasures with you, do you not?
6नशा है जो बाप का खज़ाना वह मेरा खज़ाना . naśhā hai jō bāp kā khazānā vah mērā khazānā . naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . intoxication be[pres.sg.23] that father of treasure that I[.kā] treasure .
7You have the intoxication that the Father's treasures are your treasures.
7अभी चेक करो बाप ने तो हर बच्चे को सर्व खज़ाने दिये हैं . abhī check karō bāp nē tō har|her bachchē kō sarv khazānē diyē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . now check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father ∅ then (x[root]|x) child to all treasure give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 8एक भी कम नहीं . ēk bhī cum|kam nahī̃ . ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . one too (x|less) not .
8Now check: The Father has given all the children all the treasures; not a single treasure is missing.
9लेकिन वह सर्व खज़ाने हर एक के पास सदा साथ हैं वा कोई कोई खज़ाना है और कोई खज़ाना कम है ? lēkin vah sarv khazānē har ēk kē pās sadā sāth haĩ vā kōī kōī khazānā hai aur kōī khazānā cum|kam hai ? lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] har ēk[x] kē pās[x] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vā kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kōī[x] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? but that all treasure each one to constantly with be[pres.pl.12hon3] or some some treasure be[pres.sg.23] someone else treasure (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] ?
9However, does each of you have all these treasures with you all the time or is it that you have some treasures while others are lacking?
10बापदादा ने तो दिये लेकिन हर एक के पास सर्व खज़ाने सदा ही हैं और सर्व खज़ाने समय पर कार्य में लाते रहते हो ? bāpdādā nē tō diyē lēkin har ēk kē pās sarv khazānē sadā hī haĩ aur sarv khazānē samay par kārya mē̃ lātē rahtē hō ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō dēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin har ēk[x] kē pās[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ? BapDada ∅ then give[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but each one to all treasure constantly only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and all treasure time (at|other) task in x[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ?
10BapDada has given them but do all of you have all the treasures with you all the time and do you use all these treasures all the time?
11मालिक होके आर्डर करो तो समय पर खज़ाना अनुभव में आता है ? mālik hōkē order karō tō samay par khazānā anubhav mē̃ ātā hai ? mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? master be[abs.] order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then time (at|other) treasure experience in come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
11When you order them as their master, do they arrive on time?
12बापदादा ने चारों ओर के बच्चों के सेवा का उमंग देखा भी , सुना भी . bāpdādā nē chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ K|kē sēvā kā umaṅg dēkhā bhī , sunā bhī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] , sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] bhī[p.] . BapDada ∅ everywhere (K|of) child (K|of) service of zeal see[past-part.m.sg.d.] too , (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) too .
12BapDada has seen and heard about the enthusiasm for service of all the children everywhere.
13चारों ओर अच्छे उमंग उत्साह से यह 75 वर्ष की जयन्ती मना रहे हैं , चैलेन्ज कर रहे हैं , अब परिवर्तन हुआ कि हुआ . chārō̃ ōr achchhē umaṅg utsāh sē yah 75 varṣh key|kī jayantī manā rahē haĩ , challenge kar rahē haĩ , ab parivartan huā ki huā . chārō̃ ōr[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , challenge karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ab[adv.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . everywhere achcha zeal enthusiasm from this 75 year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Jayanti celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , challenge do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , now transformation be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
13Everywhere, you are celebrating the 75th anniversary with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm and you are issuing a challenge that now, transformation is about to take place.
14चैलेन्ज बहुत अच्छी कर रहे हैं . challenge bahut achchhī kar rahē haĩ . challenge bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . challenge very achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 15बापदादा बच्चों के उमंग उत्साह को देख-देख खुश होते हैं और गीत क्या गाते ? bāpdādā bachchō̃ K|kē umaṅg utsāh kō dēkh-dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ aur gīt kyā gātē ? bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? BapDada child (K|of) zeal enthusiasm to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x what sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
14You are issuing a very good challenge.Seeing the zeal and enthusiasm of the children, BapDada is very pleased and what song does He sing?
16वाह बच्चे वाह ! vāh bachchē vāh ! vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! wah! child wah! !
15Wah children! wah!
17साथ-साथ बापदादा ने देखा चैलेन्ज तो बहुत अच्छी कर रहे हैं उमंग उत्साह से लेकिन साथ में बच्चों की स्वयं में सर्व धारणाओं का सफलता का स्वरूप भी देखा . sāth-sāth bāpdādā nē dēkhā challenge tō bahut achchhī kar rahē haĩ umaṅg utsāh sē lēkin sāth mē̃ bachchō̃ key|kī svayã mē̃ sarv dhārṇāō̃ kā saphaltā kā svarūp bhī dēkhā . sāth-sāth bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] challenge tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] svayã mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] dhārṇā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] challenge then very achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] zeal enthusiasm from but with in child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x in all dharna of success of form too see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
16As well seeing the children issuing a very good challenge with zeal and enthusiasm, BapDada also saw the children's form of dharna and the resulting success.
18आप सब भी अपने सम्पन्न और सफलता का स्वरूप जानते हैं क्योंकि सारे निमित्त बने हुए बच्चे सदा सम्पन्न और सफलतामूर्त बन गये हैं कि बनना है ? āp sab bhī apnē sampann aur saphaltā kā svarūp jāntē haĩ kyōṅki sārē nimitt banē huē bachchē sadā sampann aur saphaltāmūrt ban gayē haĩ ki bannā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampann[adj.] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā sampann[adj.] aur saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ki[conj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? you all too one’s own full and success of form know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because the whole instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child constantly full and embodiment of success become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] that become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
17All of you know your complete and perfect form of success. 18Have all the children who have become instruments become complete for all time and images of success or do you still have to become that?
19क्योंकि सुखमय संसार का आधार स्वरूप आप बच्चे हो . kyōṅki sukhmay saṅsār kā ādhār svarūp āp bachchē hō . kyōṅki sukhmay[adj.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because happy world of basis form you child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
19Because you children are the images of support for the world of happiness.
20तो बापदादा ने सर्व बच्चों की रिजल्ट देखी . tō bāpdādā nē sarv bachchō̃ key|kī result dēkhī . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . then BapDada ∅ all child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result see[past-part.f.] .
20So, BapDada saw the results of all the children.
21जो आप आधारमूर्त हो , सिर्फ थोड़े से बच्चे नहीं , सर्व बच्चों का चैलेन्ज है कि हम सुखमय संसार लाने के निमित्त हैं . jō āp ādhārmūrt hō , sirph thōṛē sē bachchē nahī̃ , sarv bachchō̃ kā challenge hai ki ham sukhmay saṅsār lānē kē nimitt haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] ādhārmūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sirph[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] , sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] challenge hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sukhmay[adj.] saṅsār[x] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that you image of support (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , only short from child not , all child of challenge be[pres.sg.23] that we happy world x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
21All of you are images of support. 22It is not just a few of you children, it is the challenge of all the children that you are the instruments to bring about the world of happiness.
22तो बापदादा सभी बच्चों से पूछते हैं कि सुखमय संसार लाने के निमित्त बने हुए बच्चे सम्पूर्ण सम्पन्न आधारमूर्त बन गये हैं ? tō bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ sē pūchhtē haĩ ki sukhmay saṅsār lānē kē nimitt banē huē bachchē sampūrṇ sampann ādhārmūrt ban gayē haĩ ? tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sukhmay[adj.] saṅsār[x] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sampūrṇ[adj.] sampann[adj.] ādhārmūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ? then BapDada all child from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that happy world x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child complete full image of support become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
23So, BapDada is asking all the children: Children, who have become instruments to bring about the world of happiness, have you become images of support who are complete and perfect?
23जो बापदादा की बच्चों में आशा है हर बच्चा सफलतामूर्त हो , क्योंकि आप लोगों ने बाप के साथी बन संकल्प किया है और बड़े खुशी से चैलेन्ज की है , परिवर्तन हुआ कि हुआ . jō bāpdādā key|kī bachchō̃ mē̃ āśhā hai har|her bachchā saphaltāmūrt hō , kyōṅki āp lōgō̃ nē bāp K|kē sāthī ban saṅkalp kiyā hai aur baṛē khuśhī sē challenge kī hai , parivartan huā ki huā . jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] challenge karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) child in desire be[pres.sg.23] (x[root]|x) child embodiment of success (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , because you people ∅ father (K|of) companion (become[root]|x) thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and very happiness from challenge do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , transformation be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
24BapDada has the hope for all the children that each of you becomes an embodiment of success because all of you are the Father's companions. 25You had the thought and then issued the challenge with great happiness that transformation has almost taken place.
24तो अपने से पूछो विश्व परिवर्तन के निमित्त बच्चे स्व सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण कहाँ तक बने हैं ? tō apnē sē pūchhō viśhva parivartan kē nimitt bachchē sva sampann aur sampūrṇ kahā̃ tak banē haĩ ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sva sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] kahā̃ tak[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? then one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] world transformation x child x full and complete to what extent become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
26So, children who are instruments for world transformation, ask yourselves: To what extent have I, the self, become complete and perfect?
25क्योंकि राज्य स्थापन होना है तो पहले राज्य के निमित्त बनी हुई आत्मायें निमित्त बनेंगी उसके बाद दूसरे निमित्त बन सकते हैं . kyōṅki rājya sthāpan hōnā hai tō pahlē rājya kē nimitt banī huī ātmāyē̃ nimitt banē̃gī uskē bād dūsrē nimitt ban saktē haĩ . kyōṅki rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bād dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . because kingdom establishment be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then (x|firstly) kingdom x become[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul instrument become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] of that[.kē] after other instrument become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
27Because a kingdom has to be established, the souls who are to be instruments for the kingdom will first become instruments and only then can others become instruments.
26तो बापदादा ने देखा कि अब सम्पूर्ण बनने में कुछ मार्जिन रही हुई है . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki ab sampūrṇ bannē mē̃ kuchh margin rahī huī hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh margin rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that now complete become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in anything x remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
28BapDada saw that there is still a margin in your becoming complete.
27सेवा तो की लेकिन सेवा की रिजल्ट में आपके साथी कितने बने ? sēvā tō key|kī lēkin sēvā key|kī result mē̃ āpkē sāthī kitnē banē ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] ? service then (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) but service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result in you[.kē] companion so (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) ?
29You have done service, but how many have become your companions as a result of that service?
28हिसाब निकालो कि जो सुनते हैं वह समीप कितने आते हैं ? hisāb nikālō ki jō suntē haĩ vah samīp kitnē ātē haĩ ? hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? account x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that close so come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
30Find out how many of those who have been listening to you have come close.
29बापदादा बच्चों की हिम्मत पर खुश है लेकिन अभी सर्विस की रिजल्ट में और तीव्रता लानी है . bāpdādā bachchō̃ key|kī himmat par khuśh hai lēkin abhī service key|kī result mē̃ aur tīvratā lānī hai . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] service[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] aur tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) courage (at|other) happy be[pres.sg.23] but now service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result in and fast speed x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
31BapDada is pleased with the courage of the children, but you now have to bring about more intensity in the result of service.
30हर समय आत्माओं को इतना समीप सम्बन्ध में लाओ , खुश बहुत होते हैं अभी ब्रह्माकुमारियों के कर्तव्य को जानने में बहुत नजदीक आये हैं लेकिन बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा वर्सा आत्माओं को बाप द्वारा मिलना है , तो बाप को जानें , समय को जानें , स्वमान को जानें तब वर्से के अधिकारी बनें . har|her samay ātmāō̃ kō itnā samīp sambandh mē̃ lāō , khuśh bahut hōtē haĩ abhī brahmākumāriyō̃ K|kē kartavya kō jānnē mē̃ bahut najdīk āyē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā varsā ātmāō̃ kō bāp dvārā milnā hai , tō bāp kō jānē̃ , samay kō jānē̃ , svamān kō jānē̃ tab varsē K|kē adhikārī banē̃ . harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khuśh[adj.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut nazdīk ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , svamān[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tab varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (x[root]|x) time soul to such close relationship in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , happy very be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] now Brahma Kumari (K|of) activity to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] inheritance soul to father through receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , then father to know[opt.pl.12hon3] , time to know[opt.pl.12hon3] , self-respect to know[opt.pl.12hon3] for only then inheritance (K|of) (one) who has a right become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
32Keep on bringing souls very close in relationship all the time. 33They also become very happy that they have now come very close in knowing the task of the Brahma Kumaris. 34However, BapDada also told you earlier that the inheritance is to be received from the Father, and so they should know the Father; they should know the time, they should know their own self-respect, for only then can they claim a right to the inheritance.
31अभी बाप आया है , बाप वर्सा दे रहा है , यह बुद्धि में आये तब वर्सा लेके राज्य अधिकारी बनें . abhī bāp āyā hai , bāp varsā dē rahā hai , yah buddhi mē̃ āyē tab varsā lēkē rājya adhikārī banē̃ . ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tab varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[abs.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now father come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , father inheritance give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , this intellect in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) for only then inheritance take[abs.] master become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
35The Father has now come and is giving you the inheritance. 36Only when this enters their intellects will they claim their inheritance and claim a right to the kingdom.
32चारों ओर यह आवाज फैले जो गीत गाते हो हमारा बाबा आ गया . chārō̃ ōr yah āvāj phailē jō gīt gātē hō hamārā bābā ā gayā . chārō̃ ōr[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] ham[pn.pl.kā] bābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . everywhere this noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) that x sing[pres.pl.m.2] we[.kā] Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
37The sound should spread everywhere of the song that you sing: Our Baba has come!
33अब बापदादा यह रिजल्ट देखने चाहते हैं . ab bāpdādā yah result dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . ab[adv.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] result dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now BapDada this result see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
38BapDada now wants to see this result.
34परिवर्तन हुआ है , सर्विस का लाभ हुआ है , मेहनत का फल मिला है लेकिन अभी बाप तक नहीं पहुंचे हैं , इसका कोई प्लैन बनाओ . parivartan huā hai , service kā lābh huā hai , mēhnat kā phal milā hai lēkin abhī bāp tak nahī̃ pahuñchē haĩ , iskā kōī plan banāō . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.kā] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . transformation be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , service of x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , effort of fruit receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but now father until not reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , this[.kā] some plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
39Transformation has taken place, there has been benefit from service, you have received the fruit of your hard work, but, as yet, they have not yet reached the Father. 40So, now make some plans for that.
35बाप की प्रत्यक्षता कैसे हो ? bāp key|kī pratyakṣhatā kaisē hō ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) revelation how (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
41How will the Father's revelation take place?
36राजधानी में राज्य करने वाले भी निर्विघ्न बने हैं ? rājdhānī mē̃ rājya karnē vālē bhī nirvighna banē haĩ ? rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? kingdom in kingdom do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too free from obstacles become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
42Have those who are going to rule in the kingdom become free from obstacles?
37अब परिवर्तन का बटन ड्रामा दबाये , एवररेडी ? ab parivartan kā button drama dabāyē , ever ready ? ab[adv.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] button drama dabānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ever ready ? now transformation of button drama massage[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ever-ready ?
43Should the drama now press the button for transformation? 44Are you ever-ready?
38एवररेडी हैं ? ever ready haĩ ? ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
45Are you ever-ready?
39बटन दबायें ? button dabāyē̃ ? button dabānā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? button massage[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
46Should the button be pressed?
40क्या समझते हैं , बटन दबायें ? kyā samajhtē haĩ , button dabāyē̃ ? kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , button dabānā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? what understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , button massage[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
47What do you think? 48Should the button be pressed?
41एवररेडी हैं ? ever ready haĩ ? ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
49Are you ever-ready?
42क्योंकि सब तैयार चाहिए , राज्य अधिकारी भी , रॉयल फैमिली भी , रॉयल प्रजा भी और साधारण प्रजा तो कोई बड़ी बात नहीं . kyōṅki sab taiyār chāhiē , rājya adhikārī bhī , royal family bhī , royal prajā bhī aur sādhāraṇ prajā tō kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ . kyōṅki sab[adj.] taiyār[adj.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , rājya adhikārī[x] bhī[p.] , royal family[x] bhī[p.] , royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] aur sādhāraṇ[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . because all x (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , master too , royal family too , royal x too and ordinary x then some very matter not .
50Because everyone has to be ready "“ those who have a right to the kingdom, the royal family, the royal subjects and the ordinary subjects, and then it will not be a big deal.
43तो बापदादा आज बच्चों से रिजल्ट पूछते हैं . tō bāpdādā āj bachchō̃ sē result pūchhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā āj bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] result pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada today child from result ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
51BapDada is asking you children for your results.
44क्या समझते हो ? kyā samajhtē hō ? kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
52What do you think?
45बापदादा को बटन दबाने में तो देरी नहीं लगेगी . bāpdādā kō button dabānē mē̃ tō dērī nahī̃ lagēgī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] button dabānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . BapDada to button massage[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then x not x[fut.f.sg.23] .
53It will not take BapDada long to press the button.
46तो पहली लाइन क्या समझती है ? tō pahlī line kyā samajhtī hai ? tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line kyā samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? then x line what understand[pres.sg.f.23] ?
54What do all those sitting in the first row think?
47शक्तियां क्या समझती हैं ? śhaktiyā̃ kyā samajhtī haĩ ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? Shakti what understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
55What do the Shaktis think?
48पाण्डव क्या समझते हैं ? pāṇḍav kyā samajhtē haĩ ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? Pandava what understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
56What do the Pandavas think?
49जवाब दो . javāb dō . javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . x (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
57Answer!
50हाँ पाण्डव जवाब दो . hā̃ pāṇḍav javāb dō . hā̃ pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . yes Pandava x (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
58Pandavas, answer.
51दबायें बटन ? dabāyē̃ button ? dabānā[opt.pl.12hon3] button ? massage[opt.pl.12hon3] button ?
59Should the button be pressed?
52एवररेडी हैं ? ever ready haĩ ? ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
60Are you ever-ready?
53 ( बाबा आप मालिक हैं , आपको संकल्प आता है कि दबायें तो दबा दीजिये ) बापदादा बच्चों से पूछते हैं क्यों ? ( bābā āp mālik haĩ , āpkō saṅkalp ātā hai ki dabāyē̃ tō dabā dījiyē ) bāpdādā bachchō̃ sē pūchhtē haĩ kyō̃ ? ( bābā āp[pn.pl.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kō] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] dabānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō dabānā[imp.pl.2hon.root+dēnā] ) bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyō̃ ? ( Baba you master be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you[.kō] thought come[pres.sg.m.23] that massage[opt.pl.12hon3] then massage[imp.pl.2hon.root+dēnā] ) BapDada child from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] why ?
61(Baba, You are the Master, if you have the thought to press the button, then press it.) 62But BapDada is asking the children. 63Why?
54क्योंकि बाप को तो राज्य में आना नहीं है . kyōṅki bāp kō tō rājya mē̃ ānā nahī̃ hai . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because father to then kingdom in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) not be[pres.sg.23] .
64Because the Father is not going to go into the kingdom.
55ब्रह्मा बाप को आना है . brahmā bāp kō ānā hai . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Brahma father to come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
65Father Brahma has to go into the kingdom.
56 ( यहाँ बापदादा से मिलते रहें , यह बहुत अच्छा लगता है ) यह बात तो अच्छी है लेकिन बाप समान बनके बाप के साथ जीवन का अनुभव करें यह भी चाहिए ना . ( yahā̃ bāpdādā sē miltē rahē̃ , yah bahut achchhā lagtā hai ) yah bāt tō achchhī hai lēkin bāp samān bankē bāp kē sāth jīvan kā anubhav karē̃ yah bhī chāhiē nā . ( yahā̃ bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāp samān[x] bannā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā . ( here BapDada from receive[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , this very enjoy ) this matter then achcha be[pres.sg.23] but equal to the Father become[abs.] father with life of experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] this too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ .
66(We just want to continue to enjoy meeting BapDada longer.) 67That is good, but you also need to become equal to the Father and experience life with the Father, do you not?
57वह है ? vah hai ? vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that be[pres.sg.23] ?
68Do you have that?
58तैयार हैं ? taiyār haĩ ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
69Are you ready?
59सिर्फ आप नहीं , राजधानी है . sirph āp nahī̃ , rājdhānī hai . sirph[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only you not , kingdom be[pres.sg.23] .
70Not just you, it is a kingdom.
60आप राज्य किस पर करेंगे ? āp rājya kis par karē̃gē ? āp[pn.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you kingdom (who|what) (at|other) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
71Over whom will you rule?
61राजधानी तो चाहिए ना ! rājdhānī tō chāhiē nā ! rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā ! kingdom then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ !
72A kingdom is needed, is it not?
62 ( साथी हैं ) सब तैयार हैं ? ( sāthī haĩ ) sab taiyār haĩ ? ( sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) sab[adj.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ( companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
73(We are all companions.) 74Is everyone ready?
63 ( बिल्कुल तैयार हैं ) सम्पन्न बनने में तैयार हैं ? ( bilkul taiyār haĩ ) sampann bannē mē̃ taiyār haĩ ? ( bilkul[adv.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ( at all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) full become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
75(They are absolutely ready.) 76Are you ready to become complete?
64अच्छा सभी सोच रहे हैं कोई बात नहीं . achchhā sabhī sōch rahē haĩ kōī bāt nahī̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . achcha all think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] some matter not .
77Achcha, all of you are thinking about it; however, it is not a big deal.
65बापदादा जानते हैं कि अभी भी रेडी हैं एवररेडी बनना पड़े . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki abhī bhī ready haĩ ever ready bannā paṛē . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ever ready bannā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now too ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ever-ready become[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .
78BapDada knows that you are all ready, but you still have to become ever-ready.
66जो बापदादा ने दो बातें कही थी कि सेकण्ड में फुलस्टाप लगाने वाले बच्चे चाहिए . jō bāpdādā nē dō bātē̃ kahī thī ki second mē̃ fullstop lagānē vālē bachchē chāhiē . jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kahnā[past-perf.f.] ki[conj.] second mē̃[postp.] full stop lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . that BapDada ∅ (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) matter say[past-perf.f.] that second in full stop attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
79BapDada has asked you these things: Children who can put a full stop in a second are needed.
67व्यर्थ संकल्पों का नाम निशान न रहे . vyarth saṅkalpō̃ kā nām niśhān na rahē . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[x] na[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . wasteful thought of x not (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .
80There should be no name or trace of waste thoughts.
68जिसको भी सन्देश देते हो वह सन्देश सुन परिवर्तन करने के उमंग उत्साह में आ जाएं . jiskō bhī sandēśh dētē hō vah sandēśh sun parivartan karnē K|kē umaṅg utsāh mē̃ ā jāē̃ . jō[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] sunnā[root] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . that[.kō] too message give[pres.pl.m.2] that message listen[root] transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) zeal enthusiasm in come[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
81Whomever you give the message to should have zeal and enthusiasm to transform themselves.
69अब बापदादा यह रिजल्ट चाहते हैं . ab bāpdādā yah result chāhtē haĩ . ab[adv.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] result chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now BapDada this result x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
82This is the result that BapDada now wants.
70इसके लिए बापदादा बच्चों को राय देते हैं , आज्ञा भी करते हैं , कि सेवा करते हो लेकिन जिनकी भी सेवा करते हो , एक ही समय पर तीन रूपों और तीन रीति से सेवा करो . iskē liē bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō rāy dētē haĩ , āgyā bhī kartē haĩ , ki sēvā kartē hō lēkin jinkī bhī sēvā kartē hō , ēk hī samay par tīn rūpō̃ aur tīn rīti sē sēvā karō . yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.]|rāy[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , āgyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin jō[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] aur tīn[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) BapDada child to (x) give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , order too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that service do[pres.pl.m.2] but that[.kī] too service do[pres.pl.m.2] , one only time (at|other) x Rup and x way from service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
83BapDada is advising you children for this and also requesting this of you: You are doing service, but whomever you serve, serve them in three forms and in three ways at the same time.
71तीन रूप नॉलेजफुल , पावरफुल और लवफुल , इन तीनों रूपों से सेवा करो और तीनों रीति से सेवा करो , वह तीन रीति है मन्सा-वाचा-कर्मणा एक ही समय , सिर्फ वाणी से सेवा नहीं लेकिन वाणी के साथ मन्सा सेवा भी साथ-साथ हो . tīn rūp knowledgeful , powerful aur loveful , in tīnō̃ rūpō̃ sē sēvā karō aur tīnō̃ rīti sē sēvā karō , vah tīn rīti hai mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā ēk hī samay , sirph vāṇī sē sēvā nahī̃ lēkin vāṇī kē sāth mansā sēvā bhī sāth-sāth hō . tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeful , powerful aur loveful , in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīnō̃[adj.] rūp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur tīnō̃[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sirph[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē sāth[x] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sāth-sāth hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x Rup knowledgeful , powerful and love-full , (in|this) all three Rup from service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and all three way from service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that x way be[pres.sg.23] with your thoughts, words or actions one only time , only words from service not but words with through the mind service too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
84The three forms are to be knowledge-full,powerful and love-full. 85Serve through these three forms and serve in three ways; these three ways are through your thoughts, words and deeds simultaneously. 86Do not serve just through words but, together with words, also serve through your thoughts.
72पावरफुल माइन्ड हो . powerful mind hō . powerful mind hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . powerful x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
87Your mind should be powerful.
73तो अभी आवश्यकता एक ही समय मन्सा पावरफुल हो , जिससे आत्माओं की भी मन्सा परिवर्तन हो जाए . tō abhī āvaśhyaktā ēk hī samay mansā powerful hō , jissē ātmāō̃ key|kī bhī mansā parivartan hō jāē . tō ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mansā powerful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.sg.sē] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] mansā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then now need one only time through the mind powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.sē] soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too through the mind transformation be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
88So, now the need is for the mind to be powerful at the same time through which the minds of other souls can be transformed.
74वाणी द्वारा सारी नॉलेज स्पष्ट हो जाए और कर्मणा द्वारा , कर्म द्वारा सेवा से वह आत्मायें अनुभव करें कि सचमुच हम अपने परिवार में पहुंच गये हैं . vāṇī dvārā sārī knowledge spaṣhṭ hō jāē aur karmaṇā dvārā , karma dvārā sēvā sē vah ātmāyē̃ anubhav karē̃ ki sachmuch ham apnē parivār mē̃ pahuñch gayē haĩ . vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] knowledge spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] aur karmaṇā dvārā , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] sachmuch ham[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . words through the whole knowledge clearly be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] and x through , deed through service from that soul experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] that x we one’s own family in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
89Through words, all the knowledge should become clear and by serving through your actions those souls should feel that they have reached their family.
75परिवार की फीलिंग आने से नजदीक के साथी बन जायें . parivār key|kī feeling ānē sē najdīk K|kē sāthī ban jāyē̃ . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] feeling ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] nazdīk K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) feeling (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) from x (K|of) companion become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
90By experiencing the feeling of a family, they will become close companions.
76तो बापदादा अभी एक ही समय तीन रूप की सेवा इकठ्ठी चाहते हैं . tō bāpdādā abhī ēk hī samay tīn rūp key|kī sēvā ikaṭhṭhī chāhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada now one only time x Rup (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service together x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
91So, now, BapDada wants the three types of service to take place at the same time.
77हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
92Is this possible?
78हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
93Is it possible?
79हाथ उठाओ , हो सकता है ? hāth uṭhāō , hō saktā hai ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? raise your hands , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
94Raise your hands if it is possible!
80अभी बापदादा ने रिजल्ट में देखा वाणी द्वारा नॉलेजफुल बनते हैं लेकिन परिवार के साथी बनें , इसमें अभी टाइम लगता है . abhī bāpdādā nē result mē̃ dēkhā vāṇī dvārā knowledgeful bantē haĩ lēkin parivār K|kē sāthī banē̃ , ismē̃ abhī time lagtā hai . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā knowledgeful bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] time lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now BapDada ∅ result in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] words through knowledgeful become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but family (K|of) companion become[opt.pl.12hon3] , this[.mē̃] now time x[pres.sg.m.23] .
95BapDada saw in the result that you do become knowledge-full in your words, but it still takes time for them to become companions in the family.
81तो बापदादा ने देखा कि समय की चैलेन्ज के साथ अभी सेवा में ऐसी सेवा करो जो एक ही समय तीनों सेवा द्वारा प्राप्ति का अनुभव करें . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki samay key|kī challenge kē sāth abhī sēvā mē̃ aisī sēvā karō jō ēk hī samay tīnō̃ sēvā dvārā prāpti kā anubhav karē̃ . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] challenge kē sāth[x] ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīnō̃[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) challenge with now service in such service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one only time all three service through attainment of experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
96BapDada saw that, together with the challenge of time, you have to do service in all three ways simultaneously so that they are able to experience attainment.
82तो सभी मिलने के लिए उमंग-उत्साह से पहुंच गये हैं तो बापदादा बच्चों का उमंग देख खुश है . tō sabhī milnē kē liē umaṅg-utsāh sē pahuñch gayē haĩ tō bāpdādā bachchō̃ kā umaṅg dēkh khuśh hai . tō sab[adv.hī] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] for zeal and enthusiasm from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then BapDada child of zeal see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
97Everyone has arrived here to meet Baba with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm and so, seeing the children's zeal and enthusiasm, BapDada is pleased.
83अभी अटेन्शन देना है , सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण बनने में क्योंकि कम से कम 108 की माला तैयार कर सको , कर सकते हो ? abhī attention dēnā hai , sampann aur sampūrṇ bannē mē̃ kyōṅki kam sē kam 108 key|kī mālā taiyār kar sakō , kar saktē hō ? ab[adv.hī] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kyōṅki kam sē kam[x] 108 key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? now attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , full and complete become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in because at least 108 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] , do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
98You now have to pay attention to becoming complete and perfect because you should at least be able to prepare the rosary of 108. Are you able to do this?
84108 की माला तैयार है ? 108 key|kī mālā taiyār hai ? 108 key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? 108 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland x be[pres.sg.23] ?
99Is the rosary of 108 ready?
85तैयार है ? taiyār hai ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x be[pres.sg.23] ?
100Is it ready?
86क्योंकि राजधानी में राज्य अधिकारी तो वही बनेंगे ना . kyōṅki rājdhānī mē̃ rājya adhikārī tō vahī banē̃gē nā . kyōṅki rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rājya adhikārī[x] tō vahī bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . because kingdom in master then this become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
101This is because they are the ones in the kingdom who are going to have a right to the kingdom.
87लिस्ट अभी निकाल सकते हो 108 रत्नों की ? list abhī nikāl saktē hō 108 ratnō̃ key|kī ? list ab[adv.hī] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] 108 ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ? list now x[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] 108 jewel (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ?
102Are you able to make a list of the 108 jewels?
88निकाल सकते हो ? nikāl saktē hō ? nikālnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? x[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
103Are you able to?
89निकाल सकते हैं ? nikāl saktē haĩ ? nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
104Can you do this?
90हाँ जी नहीं कहते हैं ? hā̃ jī nahī̃ kahtē haĩ ? hā̃ jī[x] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? yes not say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
105You are not saying, "Ha ji".
91108 राज्य अधिकारी , फिर 16 हजार 108 राज्य अधिकारी के साथी . 108 rājya adhikārī , phir 16 hajār 108 rājya adhikārī K|kē sāthī . 108 rājya adhikārī[x] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] 16 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 108 rājya adhikārī[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . 108 master , (then|turn[root]) 16 1000 108 master (K|of) companion .
106There are 108 who have a right to the kingdom, and there will then be 16,108 who will be the companions of those who have a right to the kingdom.
92फिर उसके बाद है नम्बरवार . phir uskē bād hai number-vār . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bād hōnā[pres.sg.23] number-wār . (then|turn[root]) of that[.kē] after be[pres.sg.23] numberwise .
107Then, after that, it will be numberwise.
93तो बापदादा अभी समय प्रमाण , समय को समीप लाने वाले बच्चों से यही चाहते हैं कि 108 की माला एवररेडी हो , बाप समान हो . tō bāpdādā abhī samay pramāṇ , samay kō samīp lānē vālē bachchō̃ sē yahī chāhtē haĩ ki 108 key|kī mālā ever ready hō , bāp samān hō . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] 108 key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] ever ready hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāp samān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then BapDada now time (under) , time to close x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child from this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that 108 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland ever-ready (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , equal to the Father (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
108So, now, according to the time, BapDada wants the children who are going to bring time close so that the rosary of 108 is ever-ready, and that they become equal to the Father.
94हैं ना इतना , पहली लाइन निकाल सकती है 108 , हाँ या ना करो ना ! haĩ nā itnā , pahlī line nikāl saktī hai 108 , hā̃ yā nā karō nā ! hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line nikālnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] 108 , hā̃ yā nā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā ! be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ such , x line x[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] 108 , yes or ∅ do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ !
109There are that many, are there not? 110Can those in the first row make a list of 108? 111Say "yes" or "no"!
95साकार में जब ब्रह्मा बाप थे तो कई बार ट्रायल की लेकिन फाइनल नहीं हो सकी , लेकिन अब तो 75 वर्ष पूरे हो रहे हैं , तो इस 75 वर्ष की जुबिली में कोई तो नवीनता करेंगे ना ! sākār mē̃ jab brahmā bāp thē tō kaī bār trial key|kī lēkin final nahī̃ hō sakī , lēkin ab tō 75 varṣh pūrē hō rahē haĩ , tō is 75 varṣh key|kī jubilee mē̃ kōī tō navīntā karē̃gē nā ! sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] jab brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.pl] tō kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] trial key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēkin final nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f..root+saknā] , lēkin ab[adv.] tō 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , tō yah[pn.sg.o.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jubilee[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] tō navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! sakar in when Brahma father be[past.pl] then some time try (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) but final not be[past-part.f..root+saknā] , but now then 75 year full be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , then this 75 year (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x in some then newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ! 96तो नवीनता यही करो जो हर एक अपने को 108 की माला के मणके बनाये , जो गिनती में आये हाँ 108 की माला तो बन गई क्योंकि जब पहले राज्य अधिकारी बनें तब तो पीछे राज्य के सम्पर्क वाले बनें . tō navīntā yahī karō jō har ēk apnē kō 108 key|kī mālā K|kē maṇakē banāyē , jō gintī mē̃ āyē hā̃ 108 key|kī mālā tō ban gaī kyōṅki jab pahlē rājya adhikārī banē̃ tab tō pīchhē rājya K|kē samparka vālē banē̃ . tō navīntā[n.f.;sg.] yahī[pn.;d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] 108 key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , jō[pn.;d.] ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hā̃ 108 key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] tō bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] kyōṅki jab pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] tab tō pīchhē rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then newness this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that each one one’s own to 108 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland (K|of) x create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , that (x[pres-part.f.]|x) in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) yes 108 (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) garland then become[past-part.f..root+jānā] because when (x|firstly) master become[opt.pl.12hon3] for only then then x kingdom (K|of) x those who become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
112When Father Brahma was in the sakar form, he tried many times to make the rosary, but was not able to finalise it. 113However, you are now completing years, and so you will do something new in the 75th Jubilee, will you not? 114So, bring about the newness that each one of you makes yourself a bead of the rosary of 108. Therefore, when counted, you can say that the rosary of 108 is ready because when those who have a right to the kingdom are first ready, then those who are to come in connection with the kingdom will become ready.
97उनको भी तो जगह चाहिए ना ! unkō bhī tō jagah chāhiē nā ! vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] tō jagah[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā ! that[.kō] too then x (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ !
115They also need their place, do they not?
98तो बापदादा का कहने का यही सार है कि अभी हर एक को अपना तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर और दृढ़ संकल्प करना है कि मुझे बाप समान बनना ही है क्योंकि बापदादा ने सुना दिया है कि अचानक परिवर्तन होना है . tō bāpdādā kā kahnē kā yahī sār hai ki abhī har ēk kō apnā tīvr purūṣhārth kar aur dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karnā hai ki mujhē bāp samān bannā hī hai kyōṅki bāpdādā nē sunā diyā hai ki achānak parivartan hōnā hai . tō bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[root] aur dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] achānak parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then BapDada of say[inf.m.pl.,o.] of this essence be[pres.sg.23] that now each one to (one’s own|adopt[root]) intense effort do[root] and determined thought do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that I[.kō] equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] because BapDada ∅ (listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) that suddenly transformation be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
116So, the essence of what BapDada is saying is that each one now has to make intense effort and have the determined thought: I definitely have to become equal to the Father because BapDada has already told us that transformation will take place suddenly.
99उसके पहले कम से कम जो सेवा के निमित्त बने हुए हैं , ज़ोन हेडस साथ में सेन्टर इन्चार्ज , साथ में उनके नजदीक के साथी पाण्डव , सेन्टर हेड नहीं बनते लेकिन कोई न कोई विशेष कार्य के निमित्त बने हुए जिनको विशेष आत्मा की नज़र से देखते हैं , उन पाण्डवों को भी अभी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर स्व परिवर्तन की झलक बाहर स्टेज पर लानी पड़ेगी . uskē pahlē kam sē kam jō sēvā kē nimitt banē huē haĩ , zone heads sāth mē̃ centre incharge , sāth mē̃ unkē najdīk K|kē sāthī pāṇḍav , centre head nahī̃ bantē lēkin kōī na kōī viśhēṣh kārya kē nimitt banē huē jinkō viśhēṣh ātmā key|kī nazar sē dēkhtē haĩ , un pāṇḍavō̃ kō bhī abhī tīvr purūṣhārth kar sva parivartan key|kī jhalak bāhar stage par lānī paṛēgī . uskā[pn.sg.kē] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kam sē kam[x] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , zone head sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] centre incharge , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.pl.kē] nazdīk K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , centre head nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.pl.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[root] sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] bāhar stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] lānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . of that[.kē] (x|firstly) at least that service x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , zone head with in centre x , with in that[.kē] x (K|of) companion Pandava , centre head not become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but one .. or another special task x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that[.kō] special soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that Pandava to too now intense effort do[root] x transformation (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sparkle[root]) outside stage (at|other) x[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
117However, before that, at least those who are instruments for service, the zonal heads and those who are in charge of the centres, and, together with them, their close companion Pandavas, who don't become heads of the centres but who have become instruments for one or another special task, and who are seen as special souls, those Pandavas also now have to make intense effort and bring the sparkle of their self-transformation onto the external stage.
100इसके लिए एवररेडी हैं ? iskē liē ever ready haĩ ? yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
118Are you ever-ready for that?
101जो समझते हैं कि यह कार्य तो करना ही है , अपने को बाप समान , ब्रह्मा बाप समान फॉलो फादर करना ही है , करना है ? jō samajhtē haĩ ki yah kārya tō karnā hī hai , apnē kō bāp samān , brahmā bāp samān follow father karnā hī hai , karnā hai ? jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] follow father[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this task then do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , one’s own to equal to the Father , Brahma equal to the Father follow the Father do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 102हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
119Those of you who think that you have to do this work, that you have to make yourself equal to the Father, and that you definitely have to follow the Father, like Father Brahma, that you definitely have to do that, raise your hands!
103हाथ तो इतने उठाते हैं खुश कर देते हैं . hāth tō itnē uṭhātē haĩ khuśh kar dētē haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . hand then such uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] happy do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
120You all raise your hands so high and please the Father.
104अच्छा करते हैं . achchhā kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
121You do that well!
105लेकिन हाथ के साथ दृढ़ संकल्प भी करो . lēkin hāth kē sāth dr̥iṛh saṅkalp bhī karō . lēkin hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but hand with determined thought too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
122However, together with raising your hands, also have determination.
106दृढ़ता की शक्ति बहुत सहयोग देती है . dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti bahut sahyōg dētī hai . dr̥iṛhtā kī śhakti[x] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . power of determination very cooperation give[pres.sg.f.23] .
123The power of determination helps a great deal.
107तो बापदादा खुश है , हाथ उठाने में होशियार सभी हैं लेकिन अभी दृढ़ता को प्रैक्टिकल में लायेंगे . tō bāpdādā khuśh hai , hāth uṭhānē mē̃ hōśhiyār sabhī haĩ lēkin abhī dr̥iṛhtā kō practical mē̃ lāyēṅgē . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever all be[pres.pl.12hon3] but now determination to practical in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
124BapDada is pleased. 125All of you are clever in raising your hands, but you will now put determination into a practical form.
108होशियार हैं ना बच्चे , दृढ़ता करते भी हैं लेकिन फिर दृढ़ता भिन्न-भिन्न रूप में बदल जाती है . hōśhiyār haĩ nā bachchē , dr̥iṛhtā kartē bhī haĩ lēkin phir dr̥iṛhtā bhinn-bhinn rūp mē̃ badal jātī hai . hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ child , determination do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but (then|turn[root]) determination different Rup in change[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
126You children are clever. 127You have determination, but that determination then changes into different forms.
109यह हो गया , यह हो गया . yah hō gayā , yah hō gayā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
128"This happened and so that happened.
110यह नहीं होता तो वह नहीं होता . yah nahī̃ hōtā tō vah nahī̃ hōtā . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then that not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 111इस बहाने में बहुत होशियार हैं . is bahānē mē̃ bahut hōśhiyār haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] bahānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|bahānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this (shed[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|shed[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in very clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
129If this didn't happen, then that would not happen." You are very clever in making excuses.
112तो अभी बापदादा क्या चाहते हैं ? tō abhī bāpdādā kyā chāhtē haĩ ? tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then now BapDada what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
130What does BapDada now want?
113अभी हरेक को बाप समान बनना है , मन्सा वाचा कर्मणा , सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में आपको जो भी देखे , जो भी मिले वह यही कहे वाह परिवर्तन वाह ! abhī harēk kō bāp samān bannā hai , mansā vāchā karmaṇā , sambandh samparka mē̃ āpkō jō bhī dēkhē , jō bhī milē vah yahī kahē vāh parivartan vāh ! ab[adv.hī] har ēk kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , mansā vāchā karmaṇā , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] vāh parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! now each one to equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , through the mind x x , relationship x in you[.kō] that too (see[opt.sg.23]|see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , that too (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) that this (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) wah! transformation wah! !
131Now, each of you has to become equal to the Father thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections. 132Whoever sees you, whoever you meet should say: Wah transformation! 133Wah!
114बापदादा को भी अच्छा लगता है जो बच्चे निमित्त बने हुए हैं उनको देखकरके भी खुशी होती है और मिलन में भी बहुत खुशी होती है . bāpdādā kō bhī achchhā lagtā hai jō bachchē nimitt banē huē haĩ unkō dēkhkarkē bhī khuśhī hōtī hai aur milan mē̃ bhī bahut khuśhī hōtī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . BapDada to too enjoy that child instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] see[abs.] too happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] and meeting in too very happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] .
134BapDada also likes it. 135BapDada is pleased to see the children who have become instruments and there is also great happiness in meeting them.
115तो आज क्या संकल्प किया ? tō āj kyā saṅkalp kiyā ? tō āj kyā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then today what thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
136So, what thought did you have today?
116बनना ही है . bannā hī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
137That I definitely have to become this.
117ब्रह्मा बाप समान बनना ही है . brahmā bāp samān bannā hī hai . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahma equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
138I have to become equal to Father Brahma.
118बनना है नहीं , बनना ही है . bannā hai nahī̃ , bannā hī hai . bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nahī̃[neg] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] not , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
139Not that I have to become this, but I definitely do have to become this.
119कोई भी बातें आयें , बात के बजाए बाप को आगे रखो . kōī bhī bātē̃ āyē̃ , bāt kē bajāē bāp kō āgē rakhō . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] kē bajāē[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] āgē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anyone matter come[opt.pl.12hon3] , matter instead of father to previously keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
140No matter what situations come in front of you, instead of the situations, keep the Father in front of you.
120तो सभी दूर बैठे हुए बच्चे नजदीक सामने बैठे हुए बच्चे दोनों को बापदादा देख देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . tō sabhī dūr baiṭhē huē bachchē najdīk sāmnē baiṭhē huē bachchē dōnō̃ kō bāpdādā dēkh dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nazdīk sāmnē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then all distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child x x (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child x to BapDada see[root] see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
141BapDada is pleased to see the children who are sitting far away and also the children who are close in front of Him.
121सभी बच्चे प्लैन बहुत अच्छा बनाते हैं , अमृतवेले बहुत मीठी मीठी बातें करते हैं सब . sabhī bachchē plan bahut achchhā banātē haĩ , amr̥itvēlē bahut mīṭhī mīṭhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ sab . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adj.] . all child plan very achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , amrit vela very sweet sweet matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] all .
142All of you children make very good plans. 143All of you have very, very sweet conversations at amrit vela.
122मैजारिटी इतनी मीठी बातें करते हैं जो बाप भी बातें सुन कुर्बान हो जाते हैं . majority itnī mīṭhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ jō bāp bhī bātē̃ sun kurbān hō jātē haĩ . majority itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[root] kurbān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . majority such sweet matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that father too matter listen[root] x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
144The majority of you speak such sweet things that even the Father who hears these things surrenders Himself.
123लेकिन पता है फिर क्या होता ? lēkin patā hai phir kyā hōtā ? lēkin patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kyā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? but knowledge be[pres.sg.23] (then|turn[root]) what be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
145However, do you know what happens then?
124जब कर्म के क्षेत्र में आते हैं , सम्बन्ध में आते हैं , सेवा में आते हैं , तो जो बातें आती हैं उसमें थोड़ा थोड़ा बदल जाते हैं . jab karma K|kē kṣhētra mē̃ ātē haĩ , sambandh mē̃ ātē haĩ , sēvā mē̃ ātē haĩ , tō jō bātē̃ ātī haĩ usmē̃ thōṛā thōṛā badal jātē haĩ . jab karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō jō[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . when deed (K|of) field in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , relationship in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , service in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then that matter come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that[.mē̃] short short change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
146When you go onto the field of action, when you enter a relationship, when you go into service, you then change a little in those situations.
125अमृतवेले का जो उमंग उत्साह है वह कर्म करते , सम्बन्ध में आते थोड़ा थोड़ा बदल जाता है . amr̥itvēlē kā jō umaṅg utsāh hai vah karma kartē , sambandh mē̃ ātē thōṛā thōṛā badal jātā hai . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . amrit vela of that zeal enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] that deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , relationship in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] short short change[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
147The zeal and enthusiasm that you have at amrit vela changes a little when you come into action and relationships.
126अभी बापदादा एक कार्य देते हैं , करने के लिए तैयार हो ना ! abhī bāpdādā ēk kārya dētē haĩ , karnē kē liē taiyār hō nā ! ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! now BapDada one task give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
148BapDada is now giving you a task. 149You are ready to do that, are you not?
127कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
150Nod!
128हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
151Raise your hands!
129बापदादा का संकल्प है कि एक मास के लिए अपने को दृढ़ संकल्प के आधार से बाप समान स्थिति में स्थित कर सकते हो ? bāpdādā kā saṅkalp hai ki ēk mās kē liē apnē kō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp K|kē ādhār sē bāp samān sthiti mē̃ sthit kar saktē hō ? bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp samān[x] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? BapDada of thought be[pres.sg.23] that one (x|month) for one’s own to determined thought (K|of) basis from equal to the Father stage in stabilised do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
152BapDada has the thought that for one month, on the basis of determination, are you able to stabilize in the stage of being equal to the Father?
130एक मास , कर सकते हैं ? ēk mās , kar saktē haĩ ? ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? one (x|month) , do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
153Can you do that for one month?
131कि ज्यादा है ? ki jyādā hai ? ki[conj.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that more be[pres.sg.23] ?
154Or for longer?
132जो समझते हैं एक मास दृढ़ता से , दृढ़ता को साथी बनाना बाप को सदा सामने रखना , ब्रह्मा बाप को नयनों में समाये रखना और ब्रह्मा बाप ने क्या किया , मन्सा वाचा कर्मणा वही करना है . jō samajhtē haĩ ēk mās dr̥iṛhtā sē , dr̥iṛhtā kō sāthī banānā bāp kō sadā sāmnē rakhnā , brahmā bāp kō nayanō̃ mē̃ samāyē rakhnā aur brahmā bāp nē kyā kiyā , mansā vāchā karmaṇā vahī karnā hai . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā sāmnē rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , mansā vāchā karmaṇā vahī karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one (x|month) determination from , determination to companion create[inf.m.sg.d.] father to constantly x keep[inf.m.sg.d.] , Brahma father to eye in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.] and Brahma father ∅ what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , through the mind x x this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
155Those who believe that for one month, with determination "“ make determination your companion and always keep the Father in front of you. 156Keep Father Brahma merged in your eyes and whatever Father Brahma did, just do that in your thoughts, words and deeds.
133चाहे कोई ने प्रैक्टिकल में देखा या नहीं देखा लेकिन नॉलेज तो है ना ! chāhē kōī nē practical mē̃ dēkhā yā nahī̃ dēkhā lēkin knowledge tō hai nā ! chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin knowledge tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) some ∅ practical in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] or not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] but knowledge then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
157Whether you saw that in a practical way or not, you do have the knowledge, do you not?
134कोई भी कर्म करने के पहले यह चेक करना पहले , ब्रह्मा बाप का यह संकल्प रहा , यह बोल रहा , यह कर्म रहा , यह संबंध रहा , यह सम्पर्क रहा ? kōī bhī karma karnē K|kē pahlē yah check karnā pahlē , brahmā bāp kā yah saṅkalp rahā , yah bōl rahā , yah karma rahā , yah sambandh rahā , yah samparka rahā ? kōī bhī[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? anyone deed do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) (x|firstly) this check do[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|firstly) , Brahma father of this thought (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , this (speak[root]|x) (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , this deed (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , this relationship (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , this x (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
158Before you perform any action, first of all, check: Was this Father Brahma's thought? 159Were these his words? 160Were these his actions? 161Were these his relationships and connections?
135पहले सोचो पीछे करो . pahlē sōchō pīchhē karō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pīchhē karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
162First of all, think about it and then do it.
136हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
163Is this possible?
137हाथ उठाओ इसमें . hāth uṭhāō ismē̃ . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] . raise your hands this[.mē̃] .
164Raise your hands for this.
138हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
165Is it possible?
139लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . lambā hāth uṭhāō . lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x raise your hands .
166Raise your hands high.
140मातायें लम्बा हाथ उठाओ , यहाँ एक्सरसाइज करती हो ना तो हाथ लम्बा उठाओ . mātāyē̃ lambā hāth uṭhāō , yahā̃ exercise kartī hō nā tō hāth lambā uṭhāō . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahā̃ exercise karnā[pres.pl.f.2] nā tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mother x raise your hands , here exercise do[pres.pl.f.2] ∅ then hand x uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
167Mothers, raise your hands high! 168You do exercises, and so raise your hands high!
141आगे वाले भी उठायेंगे ना ? āgē vālē bhī uṭhāyēṅgē nā ? āgē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? previously those who too uplift[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
169Those of you sitting in the front will also raise them, will you not?
142सब मधुबन वाले इसमें नम्बरवन आना . sab madhuban vālē ismē̃ number one ānā . sab[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number one ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . all Madhuban those who this[.mē̃] number one (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
170All those from Madhuban should claim number one for this.
143आगे आगे मधुबन वाले बैठे हैं ना . āgē āgē madhuban vālē baiṭhē haĩ nā . āgē āgē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . previously previously Madhuban those who sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
171Those from Madhuban are sitting at the front, are you not?
144मधुबन में सिर्फ शान्तिवन नहीं , जो भी हैं एक मास निर्विघ्न , हर सेन्टर भी निर्विघ्न , गुजरात की टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . madhuban mē̃ sirph śhāntivan nahī̃ , jō bhī haĩ ēk mās nirvighna , har|her centre bhī nirvighna , gujarāt key|kī teachers hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvighna[adj.] , harnā[root]|har|her centre bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] , gujarāt key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban in only Shantivan not , that too be[pres.pl.12hon3] one (x|month) free from obstacles , (x[root]|x) centre too free from obstacles , Gujarat (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher raise your hands .
172Madhuban does not just mean Shantivan. 173Those who can remain free from obstacles for one month, every centre should be free from obstacles, teachers of Gujurat, raise your hands!
145गुजरात की टीचर्स समझती हैं हो सकता है , इसमें लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . gujarāt key|kī teachers samajhtī haĩ hō saktā hai , ismē̃ lambā hāth uṭhāō . gujarāt key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Gujarat (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , this[.mē̃] x raise your hands .
174The teachers of Gujarat who believe that this is possible, raise your hands high for this!
146ऐसे ऐसे नहीं करो लम्बा उठाओ . aisē aisē nahī̃ karō lambā uṭhāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such it isn't that do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
175Do not just raise them a little, raise them high!
147हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
176Is it possible?
148अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
177Achcha.
149शान्तिवन निवासी हाथ उठाओ . śhāntivan nivāsī hāth uṭhāō . śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Shantivan resident raise your hands .
178Residents of Shantivan, raise your hands!
150थोड़े हैं . thōṛē haĩ . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
179There are a few.
151जो भी बैठे हैं , पीछे भी बैठे हैं . jō bhī baiṭhē haĩ , pīchhē bhī baiṭhē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , pīchhē bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
180Whoever is sitting here, there are also some at the back.
152तो मधुबन के 4-5 स्थान जो भी हैं वह करेंगे ? tō madhuban K|kē 4-5 sthān jō bhī haĩ vah karē̃gē ? tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 4-5 sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then Madhuban (K|of) 4-5 place that too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
181Will the four to five places of Madhuban do this?
153करेंगे हाथ उठाओ ? karē̃gē hāth uṭhāō ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] raise your hands ?
182Those who will do it, raise your hands!
154मधुबन वाले दो हाथ उठाओ . madhuban vālē dō hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) raise your hands .
183Those from Madhuban, raise both your hands!
155गुजरात वाले जिज्ञासु भी , निमित्त टीचर्स भी , निमित्त भाई भी सभी हाथ उठाओ , करेंगे . gujarāt vālē jigyāsu bhī , nimitt teachers bhī , nimitt bhāī bhī sabhī hāth uṭhāō , karē̃gē . gujarāt vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jigyāsu[adj.] bhī[p.] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher bhī[p.] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Gujarat those who x too , instrument teacher too , instrument (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) too all raise your hands , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
184The students from Gujarat, the instrument teachers, the instrument brothers, all of you raise your hands that you will do it!
156बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . baṛā hāth uṭhāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very raise your hands .
185Raise your hands high!
157पीछे वालों का हाथ दिखाई नहीं देता है , अच्छा , गुजरात वाले खड़े हो जाओ . pīchhē vālō̃ kā hāth dikhāī nahī̃ dētā hai , achchhā , gujarāt vālē khaṛē hō jāō . pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gujarāt vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . x those who of hand (x[past-part.f.]|x) not give[pres.sg.m.23] , achcha , Gujarat those who standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
186The hands of those sitting at the back are not visible. 187Achcha, those from Gujurat, stand up!
158गुजरात तो बहुत आया है . gujarāt tō bahut āyā hai . gujarāt tō bahut ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Gujarat then very come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
188There are a lot of people who have come from Gujarat.
159आधा हाल तो गुजरात है . ādhā hall|hāl tō gujarāt hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō gujarāt hōnā[pres.sg.23] . half (hall|x) then Gujarat be[pres.sg.23] .
189Half the hall is from Gujarat.
160 ( गुजरात 15 हजार है , बाकी 3 हजार हैं ) गुजरात वालों को बापदादा और परिवार की तरफ से बहुत-बहुत मुबारक है , मुबारक है . ( gujarāt 15 hajār hai , bākī 3 hajār haĩ ) gujarāt vālō̃ kō bāpdādā aur parivār key|kī taraph sē bahut-bahut mubārak hai , mubārak hai . ( gujarāt 15 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bākī|bākī 3 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) gujarāt vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Gujarat 15 1000 be[pres.sg.23] , (others|but) 3 1000 be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) Gujarat those who to BapDada and family (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction from very congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
190(There are 15,000 from Gujarat and 3000 from other places.) 191Many, many congratulations to those from Gujarat from BapDada and the family.
161जैसे अभी तालियां बजाई ना , वैसे ही एक मास के बाद रिजल्ट में गुजरात नम्बरवन आयेगा ! jaisē abhī tāliyā̃ bajāī nā , vaisē hī ēk mās kē bād result mē̃ gujarāt number one āyēgā ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] nā , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] result mē̃[postp.] gujarāt number one ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ! like now clapping play[past-part.f.] ∅ , x only one (x|month) after result in Gujarat number one come[fut.m.sg.23] !
192Just as all of you applauded, in the same way, after one month, Gujarat will claim number one in the result.
162अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
193It is good.
163संख्या तो बहुत अच्छी है . saṅkhyā tō bahut achchhī hai . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
194This is a very good number.
164बापदादा खुश होते हैं कि बच्चों को बाप से और मधुबन से दिल का प्यार है . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ ki bachchō̃ kō bāp sē aur madhuban sē dil kā pyār hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child to father from and Madhuban from heart of love be[pres.sg.23] .
195BapDada is pleased that the children have love for the Father and for Madhuban in their hearts.
165बहुत अच्छा है , अभी गुजरात कमाल करके दिखाना . bahut achchhā hai , abhī gujarāt kamāl karkē dikhānā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] gujarāt kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , now Gujarat x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
196You are very good. 197Now, those from Gujarat will perform wonders.
166इस एक मास की रिजल्ट में नम्बरवन आके दिखाना . is ēk mās key|kī result mē̃ number one ākē dikhānā . yah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] number one ānā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this one (x|month) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result in number one come[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
198In the one month's result, demonstrate this by becoming number one.
167वैसे नम्बरवन सबको आना है . vaisē number one sabkō ānā hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number one sabkō ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x number one everything come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
199In fact, everyone has to claim number one.
168मधुबन वाले नम्बरवन आयेंगे ना , हाथ उठाओ . madhuban vālē number one āyēṅgē nā , hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number one ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who number one come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , raise your hands .
200Those from Madhuban, you will claim number one, will you not? 201Raise your hands!
169कुछ भी हो जाए , क्या भी परिस्थिति हो जाए , परिस्थिति आयेगी , माया सुन रही है ना , तो माया अपना रूप तो दिखायेगी लेकिन माया का काम है आना और आपका काम है विजय पाना . kuchh bhī hō jāē , kyā bhī paristhiti hō jāē , paristhiti āyēgī , māyā sun rahī hai nā , tō māyā apnā rūp tō dikhāyēgī lēkin māyā kā kām hai ānā aur āpkā kām hai vijay pānā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , kyā bhī[p.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] nā , tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dikhānā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , what too circumstances be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , circumstances come[fut.f.sg.23] , Maya listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ∅ , then Maya (one’s own|adopt[root]) Rup then x[fut.f.sg.23] but Maya of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] victory x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
202No matter what happens, what circumstances arise "“ and situations will come because Maya is listening now, and so Maya will show her form, but it is Maya's duty to come and your duty to become victorious.
170यह नहीं कहना , यह हो गया , वह हो गया , यह नहीं करना . yah nahī̃ kahnā , yah hō gayā , vah hō gayā , yah nahī̃ karnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , that be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
203Then, do not say: This happened and that happened. 204Do not do this.
171आयेगा , होगा , यह तो बापदादा पहले ही सुना देता है क्योंकि माया सुन रही है , वह बहुत चतुर है लेकिन आप , माया कितनी भी चतुर हो आप तो सर्वशक्तिवान के साथी हो , माया क्या करेगी . āyēgā , hōgā , yah tō bāpdādā pahlē hī sunā dētā hai kyōṅki māyā sun rahī hai , vah bahut chatur hai lēkin āp , māyā kitnī bhī chatur hō āp tō sarvśhaktivān K|kē sāthī hō , māyā kyā karēgī . ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] sunnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] chatur[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] tō sarvśhaktivān[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . come[fut.m.sg.23] , be[fut.m.sg.23] , this then BapDada (x|firstly) only (listen[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|speak[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) because Maya listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , that very x be[pres.sg.23] but you , Maya so too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) you then Almighty Authority (K|of) companion (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Maya what do[fut.f.sg.23] .
205They will come, and things will happen. 206BapDada is telling you about this in advance because Maya is listening and she is very clever, but you, no matter how clever Maya is, you are the companions of the Almighty Authority and so what can Maya do?
172बापदादा देख रहे हैं , टी . वी . में देख रहे हैं तो सभी नम्बरवन लाना . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ , T . V|we . mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ tō sabhī number one lānā . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō sab[adv.hī] number one lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x . (x) . in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then all number one x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
207BapDada is seeing everything, Baba is seeing everything on the TV and so all of you must claim number one.
173कोई टू नम्बर नहीं बनना , वन नम्बर . kōī two|to|too number nahī̃ bannā , one number . kōī[pn.;d.] two|to|too number nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , one number . some (two|to|too) number not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , one number .
208No one should be number two, only number one.
174अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
209Achcha.
175सेवा का टर्न गुजरात का है : तो गुजरात वाले जैसे समीप हैं ना , सबसे समीप कौन है ? sēvā kā turn gujarāt kā hai : tō gujarāt vālē jaisē samīp haĩ nā , sabsē samīp kaun hai ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : tō gujarāt vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , sabsē samīp[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? service of you Gujarat of be[pres.sg.23] : then Gujarat those who like close be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , the most close who be[pres.sg.23] ?
210It is the turn of Gujarat to do service: Just as those from Gujarat are close, who is the closest of all?
176गुजरात ही समीप है . gujarāt hī samīp hai . gujarāt hī[p.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Gujarat only close be[pres.sg.23] .
211Gujarat is the closest.
177तो यही पुरूषार्थ का लक्ष्य रखना कि हमें राज्य के अधिकारी , परिवार के नजदीक आना ही है . tō yahī purūṣhārth kā lakṣhya rakhnā ki hamē̃ rājya K|kē adhikārī , parivār K|kē najdīk ānā hī hai . tō yahī[pn.;d.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this effort of aim keep[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.kō] kingdom (K|of) (one) who has a right , family (K|of) x (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
212So, keep the aim in your effort that you have to claim a right to the kingdom and definitely come close in the family.
178पुरूषार्थ क्या है ? purūṣhārth kyā hai ? puruṣhārth kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? effort what be[pres.sg.23] ?
213What is your effort?
179बाप को फॉलो करो . bāp kō follow karō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father to follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 180और दृढ़ता को नहीं भूलना . aur dr̥iṛhtā kō nahī̃ bhūlnā . aur dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . and determination to not forget[inf.m.sg.d.] .
214To follow the Father and not to forget determination.
181जहाँ दृढ़ता है वहाँ सफलता है ही है . jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī hai . jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there determination be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
215Wherever there is determination, there is definitely success.
182तो गुजरात तो बापदादा को भी प्यारा लगता है . tō gujarāt tō bāpdādā kō bhī pyārā lagtā hai . tō gujarāt tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then Gujarat then BapDada to too loving x[pres.sg.m.23] .
216Even BapDada loves Gujarat.
183एक विशेषता के कारण बापदादा को प्यारा लगता है , कभी भी किस समय भी बुलाओ , आवश्यकता हो तो गुजरात हाजिर हो जाता है . ēk viśhēṣhtā K|kē kāraṇ bāpdādā kō pyārā lagtā hai , kabhī bhī kis samay bhī bulāō , āvaśhyaktā hō tō gujarāt hājir hō jātā hai . ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō gujarāt hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one speciality (K|of) because BapDada to loving x[pres.sg.m.23] , ever too (who|what) time too call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , need (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then Gujarat present be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
217BapDada loves it because of one speciality. 218Whenever you call them at any time, whenever there is a need, Gujarat is ready.
184नजदीक का फायदा उठाते हैं . najdīk kā phāydā uṭhātē haĩ . nazdīk kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x of profit uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
219You take benefit of being close.
185ऐसे ही सदा बाप को फॉलो करने वाले नजदीक रहना . aisē hī sadā bāp kō follow karnē vālē najdīk rahnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only constantly father to follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
220Those who constantly follow the Father in this way, constantly remain close.
186जो बाप ने किया वह करते रहना . jō bāp nē kiyā vah kartē rahnā . jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that father ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
221Continue to do what the Father did.
187फॉलो फादर . follow father . follow father[x] . follow the Father .
222Follow the father.
188अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
223Achcha.
189चार विंग्स आई हैं : ( समाज सेवा , महिला , एडमिनिस्ट्रेटर , यूथ ) जो भी वर्ग हैं उनकी रिजल्ट बापदादा के पास आती हैं और बापदादा ने देखा है कि जबसे वर्गीकरण के रूप की सेवा आरम्भ हुई है तो चारों ओर सेवा वृद्धि को प्राप्त हुई है क्योंकि बापदादा ने देखा है कि हर वर्ग यह सदा सोचता है कि हमारे वर्ग में कोई नवीनता होनी चाहिए , जो समाचार सबको मिलता रहे इसलिए जिम्मेवारी होने के कारण और हर एक को अलग अलग वर्ग होने के कारण सर्विस का चांस अच्छा मिला है . chār wings āī haĩ : ( samāj sēvā , mahilā , administrator , youth ) jō bhī varg haĩ unkī result bāpdādā kē pās ātī haĩ aur bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki jabsē vargīkaraṇ K|kē rūp key|kī sēvā ārambh huī hai tō chārō̃ ōr sēvā vr̥iddhi kō prāpt huī hai kyōṅki bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki har|her varg yah sadā sōchtā hai ki hamārē varg mē̃ kōī navīntā hōnī chāhiē , jō samāchār sabkō miltā rahē isliē jimmēvārī hōnē K|kē kāraṇ aur har ēk kō alag alag varg hōnē K|kē kāraṇ service kā chance achchhā milā hai . chār[adj.] wing ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] : ( samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , mahilā[n.f.;sg.] , administrator , youth ) jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kī] result bāpdādā kē pās[x] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jabsē vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā sōchnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] , jō[pn.;d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō milnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] isliē zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur har ēk[x] kō[postp.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . four wing come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] : ( x service , woman , administrator , youth ) that too profession be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] result BapDada to come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Since the time that serving the professions (K|of) Rup (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then everywhere service growth to reached be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] because BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (x[root]|x) profession this constantly think[pres.sg.m.23] that we[.kē] profession in some newness be[.oblig3] , that news everything receive[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] therefore responsibility be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because and each one to separate separate profession be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because service of chance achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
224Four Wings have come: (Social Service, Women, Administrator, Youth):BapDada receives the results of all the Wings and BapDada has seen that since service through the Wings has begun, service has grown everywhere. 225BapDada has seen that every Wing thinks that there should be some newness in their Wing so that everyone continues to receive news. 226Because of having this responsibility and because each Wing is separate, there has been a good chance for service.
190तो बापदादा हर एक का नाम नहीं लेता लेकिन चारों ही वर्ग को कह रहे हैं , कि सेवा हो रही है , अच्छी कर रहे हो और जिम्मेवारी भी अपनी समझते हो लेकिन बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है तो हर वर्ग अपने जो विशेष आत्मायें निकली हैं क्योंकि हर वर्ग की निकली हैं , यह बापदादा जानते हैं लेकिन उन्हों का एक बारी संगठन करो . tō bāpdādā har ēk kā nām nahī̃ lētā lēkin chārō̃ hī varg kō kah rahē haĩ , ki sēvā hō rahī hai , achchhī kar rahē hō aur jimmēvārī bhī apnī samajhtē hō lēkin bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai tō har|her varg apnē jō viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ nikalī haĩ kyōṅki har|her varg key|kī nikalī haĩ , yah bāpdādā jāntē haĩ lēkin unhō̃ kā ēk bārī saṅgaṭhan karō . tō bāpdādā har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin chārō̃ hī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] kyōṅki harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada each one of name not take[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but x only profession to say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and responsibility too one’s own understand[pres.pl.m.2] but BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then (x[root]|x) profession one’s own that special soul be extracted[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] because (x[root]|x) profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) be extracted[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , this BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that of one x gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
227BapDada is not mentioning each one's name but is telling all the four Wings: Service is taking place, you are doing very well and you also understand your responsibility. 228However, BapDada has also told you earlier: Each Wing has had special souls emerging. 229BapDada knows this, but have a gathering of them once.
191जैसे हर ज़ोन में कोई विशेष आत्मायें निकली हो , उनमें से चुनके एक बारी सभी वर्गो के विशेष 10-15-20 हर एक वर्ग के ऐसे चुनो और उन्हों का प्रोग्राम करो , यहाँ आबू में , तो नजर में आवे सर्विस की रिजल्ट क्या है और वह भी संगठन देख करके उमंग उत्साह में आयें . jaisē har|her zone mē̃ kōī viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ nikalī hō , unmē̃ sē chunkē ēk bārī sabhī vargō K|kē viśhēṣh 10-15-20 har ēk varg K|kē aisē chunō aur unhō̃ kā programme karō , yahā̃ ābū mē̃ , tō najar mē̃ āvē service key|kī result kyā hai aur vah bhī saṅgaṭhan dēkh karkē umaṅg utsāh mē̃ āyē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her zone mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] , vah[pn.pl.mē̃] sē[postp.] chunnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] 10-15-20 har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahā̃ ābū mē̃[postp.] , tō nazar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] service[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like (x[root]|x) zone in some special soul be extracted[pres-perf.pl.f.2] , that[.mē̃] from choose[abs.] one x all profession (K|of) special 10-15-20 each one profession (K|of) such choose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that of programme do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , here Abu in , then glance in come[opt.sg.23] service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result what be[pres.sg.23] and that too gathering see[root] do[abs.] zeal enthusiasm in come[opt.pl.12hon3] .
230Just as special souls have emerged in each zone, select souls out of those and get together 10, 15 or 20 special souls from each Wing and hold a programme with all of them here in Abu so that they can appear in everyone's vision. 231Then the result of service can also be seen, and on seeing the gathering, those people would also have zeal and enthusiasm.
192इस वर्ग से यह आ रहे हैं , यह आ रहे हैं , एक दो को देख करके भी उमंग में आवे , तो यह अभी प्रोग्राम बनाना . is varg sē yah ā rahē haĩ , yah ā rahē haĩ , ēk dō kō dēkh karkē bhī umaṅg mē̃ āvē , tō yah abhī programme banānā . yah[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] programme banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this profession from this come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to see[root] do[abs.] too zeal in come[opt.sg.23] , then this now programme create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
232They would see: So-and-so is coming from this Wing, this one is coming from this Wing, and on seeing one another, they would have enthusiasm. 233So, create this programme now.
193सबके 15-20 हो उनके लिए ऐसे कार्यक्रम रखो और उन्हों को इकठ्ठा करो . sabkē 15-20 hō unkē liē aisē kāryakram rakhō aur unhō̃ kō ikaṭhṭhā karō . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 15-20 hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāryakram[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . everyone's 15-20 (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) such programme keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that to together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
234Let there be 15 to 20 from each Wing and get them together and have a programme.
194ठीक लगता है यह क्योंकि बापदादा उन्हों को अभी अनुभव के आधार से स्पीकर बनाने चाहता है . ṭhīk lagtā hai yah kyōṅki bāpdādā unhō̃ kō abhī anubhav K|kē ādhār sē speaker banānē chāhtā hai . ṭhīk[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] kyōṅki bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] speaker banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . OK x[pres.sg.m.23] this because BapDada that to now experience (K|of) basis from x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .
235This now seems right because BapDada now wants to make them into speakers on the basis of their experience.
195आप जो भाषण करो , उसके साथ ऐसे अनुभवी आत्मायें अनुभव सुनायें तो प्रभाव पड़ता है . āp jō bhāṣhaṇ karō , uskē sāth aisē anubhavī ātmāyē̃ anubhav sunāyē̃ tō prabhāv paṛtā hai . āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you that lecture do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , of that[.kē] with such experienced soul experience speak[opt.pl.12hon3] then x fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
236You can give a lecture and the experienced souls can share their experiences so that they can make an impact.
196तो अभी यह सेवा करना , उन हर एक जो भी वर्ग है , उन्होंने अच्छे अच्छे निमित्त निकली आत्माओं के फायदे का लाभ का किताब छपाया है , जिसने छपाया है वह हाथ उठाओ . tō abhī yah sēvā karnā , un har ēk jō bhī varg hai , unhōnnē achchhē achchhē nimitt nikalī ātmāō̃ K|kē phāydē kā lābh kā kitāb chhapāyā hai , jisnē chhapāyā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.pl.o.] har ēk[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.nē] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] chhapānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.sg.nē] chhapānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now this service do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that each one that too profession be[pres.sg.23] , that[.nē] achcha achcha instrument be extracted[past-part.f.] soul (K|of) profit of x of book have printed[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.nē] have printed[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
237So, now do this service. 238A book has been printed of all those Wings of the benefits that the very good instrument souls have experienced. 239Those who have had this book of experiences printed, raise your hands!
197अपने अपने वर्ग के अच्छे अच्छे अनुभवी , उनके अनुभवों का किताब छपाया है तो वह हाथ उठाओ . apnē apnē varg K|kē achchhē achchhē anubhavī , unkē anubhavō̃ kā kitāb chhapāyā hai tō vah hāth uṭhāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] , vah[pn.pl.kē] anubhav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] chhapānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own one’s own profession (K|of) achcha achcha experienced , that[.kē] experience of book have printed[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then that raise your hands .
240Very good experienced souls from your own Wing "“ if you have had this book printed, raise your hands!
198कोई ने नहीं छपाया है ? kōī nē nahī̃ chhapāyā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhapānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? some ∅ not have printed[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
241No one has had this printed?
199 ( यूथ और एज्यूकेशन का छपा है ) सभी का छपना चाहिए क्योंकि कोई भी आते हैं तो लाइब्रेरी में ऐसे ऐसे किताब होने चाहिए जो कोई भी फ्री होके पढ़े और हर वर्ग का पढ़ने से प्रभाव पड़ता है , कई समझते हैं कि कर्म करते हुए , ड्युटी सम्भालते हुए कुछ हो नहीं सकता है , तो उन्हों को उमंग उत्साह आवे तो जब यह बने हैं तो हम भी बन सकते हैं . ( youth aur education kā chhapā hai ) sabhī kā chhapnā chāhiē kyōṅki kōī bhī ātē haĩ tō library mē̃ aisē aisē kitāb hōnē chāhiē jō kōī bhī free hōkē paṛhē aur har|her varg kā paṛhnē sē prabhāv paṛtā hai , kaī samajhtē haĩ ki karma kartē huē , duty sambhāltē huē kuchh hō nahī̃ saktā hai , tō unhō̃ kō umaṅg utsāh āvē tō jab yah banē haĩ tō ham bhī ban saktē haĩ . ( youth aur education kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhapnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhapnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|chhapnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki kōī bhī[x] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō library mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] free hōnā[abs.] paṛhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛhnā[opt.sg.23] aur harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kaī samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , duty sambhālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kuchh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō jab yah[pn.sg.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . ( youth and education of be imprinted[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) all of (be imprinted[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be imprinted[.oblig3]) because anyone come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then library in such such book be[.oblig3] that anyone free be[abs.] (study[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|study[opt.sg.23]) and (x[root]|x) profession of study[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x fall[pres.sg.m.23] , some understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , duty be careful[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres.sg.m.23] , then that to zeal enthusiasm come[opt.sg.23] then when this become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then we too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
242(Youth and Education Wings have had this book printed.) 243There should be a book printed for all the Wings because whenever anyone comes, there should be such books in the libraries so that anyone who is free can read them. 244When they read such experiences from people of all Wings, it will make an impact. 245Many people think that, while performing actions and looking after their duties, they are not able to do anything else. 246They should have the zeal and enthusiasm: If they can become this, we can also become this.
200तो ऐसा किताब निकालो और अपने अपने जो भी सेन्टर्स हैं वहाँ सब जगह में जहाँ लाइब्रेरी हो वहाँ रखो . tō aisā kitāb nikālō aur apnē apnē jō bhī centres haĩ vahā̃ sab jagah mē̃ jahā̃ library hō vahā̃ rakhō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] centre hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ sab[adj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ library hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such book x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own one’s own that too centre be[pres.pl.12hon3] there all x in where there library (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
247So, have such a book printed and keep these in the libraries at your own centres.
201तो यह काम करना , बाकी बापदादा समाज सेवा की भी जो मीटिंग की थी वह सुना है , सन्देशी ने पढ़ा है , बापदादा ने सुना है . tō yah kām karnā , bākī bāpdādā samāj sēvā key|kī bhī jō meeting kī thī vah sunā hai , sandēśhī nē paṛhā hai , bāpdādā nē sunā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bākī|bākī bāpdādā samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] meeting karnā[past-perf.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sandēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] paṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then this (task|lust) do[inf.m.sg.d.] , (others|but) BapDada x service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too that meeting do[past-perf.f.] that listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , trance messenger ∅ study[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
248Do this work. 249BapDada has heard about the meetings that took place in the Social Services' Wing. 250The trance messenger read it and BapDada heard it.
202और युवा वर्ग का भी समाचार सुना , जो निकाला वह बापदादा ने सुना और अच्छा है , कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम एक दो के पीछे करते चलो . aur yuvā varg kā bhī samāchār sunā , jō nikālā vah bāpdādā nē sunā aur achchhā hai , kōī na kōī programme ēk dō kē pīchhē kartē chalō . aur yuvā[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , jō[pn.;d.] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī na kōī[x] programme ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kē pīchhē[x] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and adult profession of too news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , that x[past-part.m.sg.d.] that BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) and achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one .. or another programme one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
251Baba also heard the news of the Youth Wing. 252Whatever you have done so far, BapDada heard about it and it is good. 253Continue to do one or another programme after programme.
203हर एक वर्ग को करना चाहिए . har ēk varg kō karnā chāhiē . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . each one profession to (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
254Each Wing should do this.
204युवा करता है , एज्यूकेशन भी करते हैं , और बाकी करते होंगे लेकिन यह कुछ ज्यादा करते हैं . yuvā kartā hai , education bhī kartē haĩ , aur bākī kartē hōṅgē lēkin yah kuchh jyādā kartē haĩ . yuvā[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , education bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aur bākī|bākī karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] kuchh jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . adult do[pres.sg.m.23] , education too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , and (others|but) do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but this anything more do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
255Youth is doing it, the Education Wing is doing it, and others must be doing it, but these Wings are doing more of it.
205समाज सेवा वालों का समाचार बच्ची ने पढ़कर सुनाया , प्लैन जो सोचा है वह बहुत अच्छा . samāj sēvā vālō̃ kā samāchār bachchī nē paṛhkar sunāyā , plan jō sōchā hai vah bahut achchhā . samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] paṛhnā[abs.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , plan jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x service those who of news girl ∅ study[abs.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] , plan that think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very achcha .
256The child related the news of the Social Services' Wing and the plan that you have thought of is very good.
206तो बापदादा को वर्गो की सेवा अच्छी लगती है इसलिए करते चलो . tō bāpdādā kō vargō key|kī sēvā achchhī lagtī hai isliē kartē chalō . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] isliē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada to profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] therefore do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
257BapDada likes the service of the Wings. 258Therefore, continue to do more.
207कोई भी वर्ग ऐसा नहीं रह जाए जो आपको उल्हना देवे , हम तक तो सन्देश ही नहीं पहुंचा . kōī bhī varg aisā nahī̃ rah jāē jō āpkō ulhanā dēvē , ham tak tō sandēśh hī nahī̃ pahuñchā . kōī bhī[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.] tak tō sandēśh[x] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . anyone profession such not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that you[.kō] complaint give[opt.sg.23] , we until then message only not reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
259No Wing (profession) should be left out that they complain to you that the message did not reach them.
208कोई भी ऐसा , आप लोग सोचो कोई वर्ग ऐसा रह गया हो तो उस वर्ग की सेवा भी करनी चाहिए क्योंकि आजकल अपने कामों में , समस्याओं में ज्यादा बिजी होते जाते हैं . kōī bhī aisā , āp lōg sōchō kōī varg aisā rah gayā hō tō us varg key|kī sēvā bhī karnī chāhiē kyōṅki ājkal apnē kāmō̃ mē̃ , samasyāō̃ mē̃ jyādā busy hōtē jātē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[x.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki ājkal apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kām[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] , samasyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] busy hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . anyone such , you people think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] some profession such remain[x.root+jānā] then that profession (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service too do[.oblig3] because nowadays one’s own task in , problem in more busy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
260Just think about it: If any Wing is left out, then that Wing should be served because nowadays they are caught up with their own work and problems.
209तो जगाना तो पड़ेगा ना . tō jagānā tō paṛēgā nā . tō jagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . then awaken[inf.m.sg.d.] then fall[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
261So, you will have to awaken them, will you not?
210बाप आया और बच्चों को पता भी नहीं पड़े , तो यह तो उल्हना मिलेगा ना इसलिए सन्देश देना आपका काम है , उल्हना नहीं मिले , अपने मोहल्ले में भी , ऐसे नहीं सुनते नहीं है , सन्देश जरूर सबको पहुंचना चाहिए . bāp āyā aur bachchō̃ kō patā bhī nahī̃ paṛē , tō yah tō ulhanā milēgā nā isliē sandēśh dēnā āpkā kām hai , ulhanā nahī̃ milē , apnē mōhallē mē̃ bhī , aisē nahī̃ suntē nahī̃ hai , sandēśh jarūr sabkō pahuñchnā chāhiē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[opt.sg.23]|paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā isliē sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mōhallā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , aisē nahī̃[x] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sandēśh[x] zarūr sabkō pahuñchnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|pahuñchnā[.oblig3] . father come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and child to knowledge too not (fall[opt.sg.23]|fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , then this then complaint receive[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ therefore message give[inf.m.sg.d.] you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] , complaint not (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) , one’s own area in too , it isn't that listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.sg.23] , message definitely everything (reach[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|reach[.oblig3]) .
262"The Father came and the children did not even know about that". 263You would receive this complaint, would you not? 264This is why it is your duty to give the message. 265You should not receive any complaints. 266In your own areas too, it is not that they do not listen. 267The message should definitely reach everyone.
211कोई उल्हना नहीं दे . kōī ulhanā nahī̃ dē . kōī[pn.;d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] . some complaint not (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) .
268No one should complain.
212आप लोगों को पता है पहले पहले जब बच्चे सेवा में गये , तो ब्रह्माकुमारियों को सफेद साड़ियां देख करके वह दरवाजा बन्द कर देते थे , दूर से ही दरवाजा बन्द कर देते थे , सफेद साड़ी गृहस्थियों को अच्छी नहीं लगती , इसलिए बच्चों ने सेवा कैसे शुरू की . āp lōgō̃ kō patā hai pahlē pahlē jab bachchē sēvā mē̃ gayē , tō brahmākumāriyō̃ kō saphēd sāṛiyā̃ dēkh karkē vah darvājā band kar dētē thē , dūr sē hī darvājā band kar dētē thē , saphēd sāṛī gr̥ihasthiyō̃ kō achchhī nahī̃ lagtī , isliē bachchō̃ nē sēvā kaisē śhurū key|kī . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jab bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] saphēd[adj.] sāṛī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] band[adj.] karnā[hab-past.pl.m..root+dēnā] , dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] band[adj.] karnā[hab-past.pl.m..root+dēnā] , saphēd[adj.] sāṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] gr̥ihasthī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] , isliē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . you people to knowledge be[pres.sg.23] (x|firstly) (x|firstly) when child service in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , then Brahma Kumari to white x see[root] do[abs.] that door closed do[hab-past.pl.m..root+dēnā] , distant from only door closed do[hab-past.pl.m..root+dēnā] , white x x to achcha not x[pres-part.f.] , therefore child ∅ service how beginning (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
269You know that when children went out on service in the beginning, people would close their doors on seeing the Brahma Kumaris in white sarees. 270They would close the doors when they saw the Brahma Kumaris in the distance. 271The householders do not like white sarees and so how did the children start service.
213उनके पोस्ट बाक्स में डाल आते थे . unkē post box mē̃ ḍāl ātē thē . vah[pn.pl.kē] post box mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[hab-past.pl.m..root+ānā] . that[.kē] x x in create[hab-past.pl.m..root+ānā] . 214क्योंकि पोस्ट तो निकालेंगे तो पोस्ट से सन्देश मिल जाता था . kyōṅki post tō nikālē̃gē tō post sē sandēśh mil jātā thā . kyōṅki post tō nikālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō post sē[postp.] sandēśh[x] milnā[hab-past.m.sg..root+jānā] . because x then x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x from message receive[hab-past.m.sg..root+jānā] .
272They used to put leaflets in their postboxes because they would look at their post and so they would receive the message through the post.
215पहले पहले जब सर्विस आरम्भ हई थी तो बहुत मेहनत से शुरू हुई , अभी तो बहुत अच्छा , सहज है . pahlē pahlē jab service ārambh high thī tō bahut mēhnat sē śhurū huī , abhī tō bahut achchhā , sahaj hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jab service[n.f.;sg.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] high hōnā[past.f] tō bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] śhurū hōnā[past-part.f.] , ab[adv.hī] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|firstly) (x|firstly) when service x high be[past.f] then very effort from x , now then very achcha , easy be[pres.sg.23] .
273When service first began, it began with a lot of hard work whereas it is now very good and easy.
216अभी तो समझते हैं कि ब्रह्माकुमारियों जैसा प्रोग्राम अच्छी तरह से कोई नहीं कर सकते हैं . abhī tō samajhtē haĩ ki brahmākumāriyō̃ jaisā programme achchhī tarah sē kōī nahī̃ kar saktē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . now then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Brahma Kumari like programme achcha x from some not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
274They now think that no one else can do programmes as well as the Brahma Kumaris can.
217अभी काफी फर्क हो गया है . abhī kāphī phark hō gayā hai . ab[adv.hī] kāphī[adj.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now enough difference be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
275There is now a lot of difference in their thinking.
218आप लोगों ने ही किया है ना . āp lōgō̃ nē hī kiyā hai nā . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] hī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . you people ∅ only do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
276All of you have done this, have you not?
219वर्गो ने मोहल्लों में जगह जगह पर किया है , तो बापदादा सभी वर्गो को पदम पदम गुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . vargō nē mōhallō̃ mē̃ jagah jagah par kiyā hai , tō bāpdādā sabhī vargō kō padam padam guṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] mōhallā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . profession ∅ area in x x (at|other) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then BapDada all profession to multimillion multimillion fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
277All the Wings have done this in many different areas and so BapDada is giving those from all the Wings multimillion fold congratulations.
220और तेज करो . aur tēj karō . aur tēj[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and fast do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
278Now, intensify this!
221सभी वर्ग वालों को बहुत बहुत मुबारक हो . sabhī varg vālō̃ kō bahut bahut mubārak hō . sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all profession those who to very very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
279Very many congratulations to those of all Wings.
222 ( मधुबन में प्लैटेनिम जुबली में 325 सन्त महामण्डलेश्वर आये , उनका सम्मेलन बहुत अच्छा हुआ , नेपाल और कानपुर , लखनऊ में भी बहुत अच्छे प्रोग्राम हुए ) नेपाल में भी बापदादा ने देखा कि इतने भावना वाले हैं जो बहिनों को देखकरके छोड़ते ही नहीं हैं . ( madhuban mē̃ platinum jubilee mē̃ 325 sant mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar āyē , unkā sammēlan bahut achchhā huā , nēpāl aur kānpur , lakhnaū mē̃ bhī bahut achchhē programme huē ) nēpāl mē̃ bhī bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki itnē bhāvnā vālē haĩ jō bahinō̃ kō dēkhkarkē chhōṛtē hī nahī̃ haĩ . ( madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] platinum jubilee mē̃[postp.] 325 sant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.kā] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kānpur[n.m.;sg.,d.] , lakhnaū mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] chhōṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Madhuban in platinum x in 325 holy man mahamandleshwar (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , that[.kā] x very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x and x , x in too very achcha programme be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) x in too BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that such feeling those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that x to see[abs.] renounce[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
280(In the Platinum Jubilee in Madhuban, we had 325 Sant Mahamandleswars come here. 281A very good conference took place. 282Nepal, Kanpur and Lucknow also had very good big programmes.) 283BapDada saw in Nepal that the people there have so much loving devotion that, on seeing the sisters, they would not leave them alone.
223अभी इतना प्रभाव है . abhī itnā prabhāv hai . ab[adv.hī] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now such x be[pres.sg.23] .
284Now, there is so much impact.
224अभी बापदादा ने देखा बच्चों ने , चाहे नेपाल है , चाहे विदेश है चाहे देश है , सभी जगह के निमित्त सेवाधारियों ने सेवा का फैलाव अच्छा किया है , कोई भी जगह पर सेवा कम नहीं है , सेवा विस्तार में आ गई है . abhī bāpdādā nē dēkhā bachchō̃ nē , chāhē nēpāl hai , chāhē vidēśh hai chāhē dēśh hai , sabhī jagah kē nimitt sēvādhāriyō̃ nē sēvā kā phailāv achchhā kiyā hai , kōī bhī jagah par sēvā cum|kam nahī̃ hai , sēvā vistār mē̃ ā gaī hai . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , kōī bhī[x] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . now BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] child ∅ , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad be[pres.sg.23] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) land be[pres.sg.23] , all x x server ∅ service of x achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , anyone x (at|other) service (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] , service expansion in come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
285BapDada saw that now, whether it is Nepal, abroad or this land, those who are instrument servers for all the different places have expanded service very well. 286There isn't little service in any place; service has grown a lot.
225काफी सेवा का विस्तार हुआ है उसके लिए बापदादा देश विदेश सभी को बहुत बहुत बधाई दे रहे हैं . kāphī sēvā kā vistār huā hai uskē liē bāpdādā dēśh vidēśh sabhī kō bahut bahut badhāī dē rahē haĩ . kāphī[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bahut bahut badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . enough service of expansion be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] of that[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) BapDada land abroad all to very very greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
287Service has grown quite a lot and BapDada is giving all the children from this land and abroad many, many congratulations for that.
226लेकिन विशेष बाप जैसे तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बच्चों की संख्या देखने चाहते हैं , उसके ऊपर थोड़ा सा टीचर्स या निमित्त बनी हुई साथी बहनें , थोड़ा अटेन्शन देंगी तो वह वृद्धि होनी चाहिए . lēkin viśhēṣh bāp jaisē tīvr purūṣhārthī bachchō̃ key|kī saṅkhyā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ , uskē ūpar thōṛā sā teachers yā nimitt banī huī sāthī bahanē̃ , thōṛā attention dē̃gī tō vah vr̥iddhi hōnī chāhiē . lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] ūpar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] teacher yā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention dēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] . but special father like intense effort-maker child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , of that[.kē] over short x teacher or instrument become[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] companion x , short attention give[fut.f.pl.12hon3] then that growth be[.oblig3] .
288However, the Father especially wants to see the number of intense effort-making children increase. 289If the teachers and the instrument sisters who are companions pay a little attention to this, there will then be expansion.
227है , हर एक सेन्टर पर निकले हैं , लेकिन जितने निकलने चाहिए उतने अभी निकलने चाहिए . hai , har ēk centre par nikalē haĩ , lēkin jitnē nikalnē chāhiē utnē abhī nikalnē chāhiē . hōnā[pres.sg.23] , har ēk[x] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] nikalnā[.oblig3] . be[pres.sg.23] , each one centre (at|other) be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , but the more be extracted[.oblig3] x now be extracted[.oblig3] .
290They have emerged at all the centres, but many more should now emerge.
228एक सेवा में विशेष पुरूषार्थी निकलने चाहिए और दूसरा सेन्टर्स अभी निर्विघ्न होने चाहिए . ēk sēvā mē̃ viśhēṣh purūṣhārthī nikalnē chāhiē aur dūsrā centres abhī nirvighna hōnē chāhiē . ēk[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] nikalnā[.oblig3] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] centre ab[adv.hī] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[.oblig3] . one service in special effort-maker be extracted[.oblig3] and other centre now free from obstacles be[.oblig3] .
291Special effort-makers should emerge for service and, secondly, centres should now be free from obstacles.
229पहले बापदादा अपना संकल्प सुनावे , पहले मधुबन चाहे नीचे , चाहे ऊपर निर्विघ्न बनना चाहिए . pahlē bāpdādā apnā saṅkalp sunāvē , pahlē madhuban chāhē nīchē , chāhē ūpar nirvighna bannā chāhiē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.sg.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē nīchē , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē ūpar nirvighna[adj.] bannā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|bannā[.oblig3] . (x|firstly) BapDada (one’s own|adopt[root]) thought speak[opt.sg.23] , (x|firstly) Madhuban (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) down , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) over free from obstacles (become[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|become[.oblig3]) .
292First, BapDada will tell you His own thoughts. 293Whether it is Madhuban or down below or up above, all the places have to be free from obstacles.
230जनक , मधुबन वालों का क्लास कराना . janak , madhuban vālō̃ kā class karānā . janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Janak , Madhuban those who of class make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] .
294Janak, conduct class for the Madhuban residents!
231जनक को बापदादा कह रहे हैं , मधुबन के चार ही स्थान वाले इकठ्ठे करो और एक मास का जो बापदादा ने हाथ उठवाया है वह और पक्का कराओ . janak kō bāpdādā kah rahē haĩ , madhuban K|kē chār hī sthān vālē ikaṭhṭhē karō aur ēk mās kā jō bāpdādā nē hāth uṭhvāyā hai vah aur pakkā karāō . janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur ēk[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] aur pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Janak to BapDada say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , Madhuban (K|of) four only place those who together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one (x|month) of that BapDada ∅ hand make raise[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that and firm make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
295BapDada is telling Janak. 296Get all the people of all four places of Madhuban together and make what BapDada has said about one month firm for them.
232जो भी दिल में हैं , वह निकालें . jō bhī dil mē̃ haĩ , vah nikālē̃ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that too heart in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
297They should bring out whatever is in their hearts.
233निकालते कम हैं , दिल में रखते हैं . nikāltē cum|kam haĩ , dil mē̃ rakhtē haĩ . nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , heart in keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
298They don't bring it out so much; they just keep it in their hearts.
234मधुबन ऐसे होना चाहिए जैसे दर्पण में सब फरिश्ते दिखाई दें . madhuban aisē hōnā chāhiē jaisē darpaṇ mē̃ sab phariśhtē dikhāī dē̃ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban such (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) like mirror in all angel be visible .
299Madhuban should be like a mirror in which all are seen as angels.
235आप तैयार करना फिर बापदादा मधुबन वालों की रिजल्ट देखने आयेंगे क्योंकि मधुबन का वायब्रेशन ऐसे पावरफुल होना चाहिए जो जो भी वी . आई . पी आते हैं या साधारण आते हैं , ऐसे लगे जैसे कहाँ पहुंच गये हैं , ऐसा तो कहाँ देखा नहीं . āp taiyār karnā phir bāpdādā madhuban vālō̃ key|kī result dēkhnē āyēṅgē kyōṅki madhuban kā vibration aisē powerful hōnā chāhiē jō jō bhī V|we . āī|eye|I . pī ātē haĩ yā sādhāraṇ ātē haĩ , aisē lagē jaisē kahā̃ pahuñch gayē haĩ , aisā tō kahā̃ dēkhā nahī̃ . āp[pn.pl.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] powerful hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] V|we . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] yā sādhāraṇ[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kahā̃ dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . you x do[inf.m.sg.d.] (then|turn[root]) BapDada Madhuban those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result see[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because Madhuban of vibrations such powerful (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) that that too (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] or ordinary come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , such (x|x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) like where reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , such then where see[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .
300You get them ready and then BapDada will come to see the result of the Madhuban residents because the vibrations of Madhuban should be so powerful that whether it is VIPs or ordinary people who come, they feel: Where have we come? 301We have never seen anything like this before.
236एकदम वातावरण में अलौकिकता , न्यारापन हो . ēkdam vātāvaraṇ mē̃ alaukiktā , nyārāpan hō . ēkdam vātāvaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] alaukiktā[n.f.;sg.] , nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x atmosphere in x , separation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
302There should be spirituality and uniqueness in the atmosphere.
237ऐसे ही सब सेन्टर , ज़ोन वाले अभी तक एक ने भी यह रिजल्ट नहीं दी है कि हमारा ज़ोन निर्विघ्न है . aisē hī sab centre , zone vālē abhī tak ēk nē bhī yah result nahī̃ dī hai ki hamārā zone nirvighna hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sab[adj.] centre , zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] tak ēk[adj.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] result nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] zone nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such only all centre , zone those who now until one ∅ too this result not give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that we[.kā] zone free from obstacles be[pres.sg.23] .
303The same applies to the centres and the zones. 304Until now, not a single one has given the result that their zone is free from obstacles.
238बापदादा ने कहा था लेकिन अभी तक एक भी ज़ोन ने समाचार नहीं दिया है क्योंकि बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि समय की गति फास्ट हो रही है . bāpdādā nē kahā thā lēkin abhī tak ēk bhī zone nē samāchār nahī̃ diyā hai kyōṅki bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki samay key|kī gati fast hō rahī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] zone nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fast hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . BapDada ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] but now until one too zone ∅ news not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] because BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that time (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed fast be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . 239तो बच्चों के पुरूषार्थ की गति भी फास्ट होना चाहिए . tō bachchō̃ K|kē purūṣhārth key|kī gati bhī fast hōnā chāhiē . tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] fast hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . then child (K|of) effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speed too fast (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
305BapDada had said this, but until now, not a single zone has given this news. 306BapDada is seeing that the speed of time is moving fast and so the children's speed of effort also has to be fast.
240अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
307Achcha.
241 ( मधुबन के सन्त सम्मेलन का समाचार बापदादा को सुनाया ) अभी जिस जिस सेन्टर से आये , उसकी पीठ हो रही है ? ( madhuban K|kē sant sammēlan kā samāchār bāpdādā kō sunāyā ) abhī jis jis centre sē āyē , uskī pīṭh hō rahī hai ? ( madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sant[n.m.;sg.,d.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.sg.o.] jō[pn.sg.o.] centre sē[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] pīṭh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ? ( Madhuban (K|of) holy man x of news BapDada to speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) now that that centre from (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , that[.kī] back be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ?
308(BapDada was given news of the Sant Samelan that took place in Madhuban.) 309Is there follow-up being done at all the centres from where they all came?
242कनेक्शन रखा है . connection rakhā hai . connection rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . connection keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
310You have stayed in connection.
243हर एक सेन्टर में वह कनेक्शन में आये ? har ēk centre mē̃ vah connection mē̃ āyē ? har ēk[x] centre mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ? each one centre in that connection in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) ?
311Have they come into connection at all the centres?
244क्योंकि सेन्टर वाले भी उनको कनेक्शन में लावें . kyōṅki centre vālē bhī unkō connection mē̃ lāvē̃ . kyōṅki centre vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.kō] connection mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . because centre those who too that[.kō] connection in x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
312Those at the centres should bring them into connection.
245अच्छा किया . achchhā kiyā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
313You have done very well.
246कैड ग्रुप : अच्छा है , इन सभी ने इलाज करके अपने को ठीक किया है . CAD group : achchhā hai , in sabhī nē ilāj karkē apnē kō ṭhīk kiyā hai . CAD group : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , in|yah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] ilāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . CAD group : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , (in|this) all ∅ treatment do[abs.] one’s own to OK do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
314CAD group:It is good. 315All of these have had themselves cured.
247जिन्होंने इलाज द्वारा दिल को ठीक किया है वह हाथ उठाओ . jinhōnnē ilāj dvārā dil kō ṭhīk kiyā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.pl.nē] ilāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] treatment through heart to OK do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
316Those of you who have had yourselves cured and have made your hearts well, raise your hands!
248कितने हैं गिनती करो . kitnē haĩ gintī karō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . so be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x[pres-part.f.]|x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
317Count how many there are.
249 ( 150 ) अच्छा है . ( 150 ) achchhā hai . ( 150 ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( 150 ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
318(150). 319It is good.
250प्रैक्टिकल है ना . practical hai nā . practical hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . practical be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
320It is practical, is it not?
251तो प्रैक्टिकल देखकर अच्छा लगता है . tō practical dēkhkar achchhā lagtā hai . tō practical dēkhnā[abs.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then practical see[abs.] enjoy .
321It feels good to see what is practical.
252तो औरों को भी सन्देश देके आप समान बनाते रहो क्योंकि आजकल तो हार्ट की तकलीफ बहुत है . tō aurō̃ kō bhī sandēśh dēkē āp samān banātē rahō kyōṅki ājkal tō heart key|kī taklīph bahut hai . tō aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] kyōṅki ājkal tō heart key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then others to too message give[abs.] you equal create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] because nowadays then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) difficulty very be[pres.sg.23] .
322Give this message to others and continue to make them the same as yourselves because, nowadays, many people have problems with their hearts.
253तो अपने अड़ोसी-पड़ोसियों को सुनाओ अपना अनुभव . tō apnē aṛōsī-paṛōsiyō̃ kō sunāō apnā anubhav . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aṛōsī-paṛōsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then one’s own neighbours to speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (one’s own|adopt[root]) experience .
323So, share your experiences with your neighbours.
254अच्छा मुबारक हो . achchhā mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
324Achcha. 325Congratulations.
255दवाइयों से छूट गये , मुक्ति मिल गई और जीवनमुक्ति भी मिल गई . davāiyō̃ sē chhūṭ gayē , mukti mil gaī aur jīvanmukti bhī mil gaī . davāī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] chhūṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] aur jīvanmukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . x from let go[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , liberation receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] and liberation-in-life too receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
326You have now become free from taking medicine, you have been liberated and also have liberation-in-life.
256डबल प्राप्ति हो गई इसकी मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . double prāpti hō gaī iskī mubārak hō , mubārak hō . double prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double attainment be[past-part.f..root+jānā] this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
327Congratulations for double attainment. 328Congratulations.
257अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
329Achcha.
258अच्छी सर्विस की है , प्रैक्टिकल एक्जैम्पुल है तो सर्विस की रिजल्ट है . achchhī service kī hai , practical example hai tō service key|kī result hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , practical example hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō service[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , practical example be[pres.sg.23] then service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result be[pres.sg.23] .
330You have done good service. 331There is a result in service because you have practical examples.
259325 डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनें आये हैं : ( वजीहा बहन से ) यह बच्ची भी आ गई है , कमाल है पैदा होते ही बहुत स्नेही सहयोगी सर्विसएबुल बनी . 325 double vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ āyē haĩ : ( vajīhā bahan sē ) yah bachchī bhī ā gaī hai , kamāl hai paidā hōtē hī bahut snēhī sahyōgī serviceable banī . 325 double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : ( x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] bahut snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] serviceable bannā[past-part.f.] . 325 double foreigner (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : ( x x from ) this girl too come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , x be[pres.sg.23] born be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only very loving co-operative serviceable become[past-part.f.] .
332325 double foreign brothers and sisters have come from 42 countries:(Speaking to Sr Wajeeha) This daughter has also come. 333It is a wonder that from the time you took birth, you have been very loving, co-operative and serviceable.
260तकलीफ हुई है पास्ट जन्म के कारण लेकिन बापदादा बच्ची को सेवा और सहयोग और निर्माण का सर्टीफिकेट देते हैं . taklīph huī hai past janm K|kē kāraṇ lēkin bāpdādā bachchī kō sēvā aur sahyōg aur nirmāṇ kā certificate dētē haĩ . taklīph[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] past janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin bāpdādā bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . difficulty be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] past (be born[root]|life) (K|of) because but BapDada girl to service and cooperation and creation of certificate give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
334You have had some difficulty because of your past birth but BapDada is giving the daughter a certificate for her service, co-operation and humility.
261अच्छा है डबल विदेशी , एक बात बाप को विदेशियों की बहुत अच्छी लगती है . achchhā hai double vidēśhī , ēk bāt bāp kō vidēśhiyō̃ key|kī bahut achchhī lagtī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] double foreigner , one matter father to foreigner (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) very achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] .
335Achcha, double foreigners, the Father likes one thing about those from abroad.
262यह डबल भाग्य एक बारी में बना देते हैं . yah double bhāgya ēk bārī mē̃ banā dētē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] double bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . this double x one x in create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
336You create double fortune at one time.
263अपनी मीटिंग्स भी कर देते हैं , बापदादा से भी मिल लेते हैं और आगे देश की सेवा में भी साथी बन जाते हैं . apnī meetings bhī kar dētē haĩ , bāpdādā sē bhī mil lētē haĩ aur āgē dēśh key|kī sēvā mē̃ bhī sāthī ban jātē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] meeting bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , bāpdādā sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] aur āgē dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . one’s own meeting too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , BapDada from too receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] and previously land (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service in too companion become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
337You have your meetings and also come to meet BapDada and you also become companions for service in this land.
264यह तरीका जो बनाया है ना यह बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगता है क्योंकि कहाँ भी इतने इकठ्ठे हो नहीं सकते जितने मधुबन में इकठ्ठे होते हैं . yah tarīkā jō banāyā hai nā yah bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagtā hai kyōṅki kahā̃ bhī itnē ikaṭhṭhē hō nahī̃ saktē jitnē madhuban mē̃ ikaṭhṭhē hōtē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki kahā̃ bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this method that create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ this BapDada to very enjoy because where too such together (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] the more Madhuban in together be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
338BapDada likes very much this method that you have created because nowhere else can so many get together as you do in Madhuban.
265टर्न बाई टर्न भी आते हैं लेकिन जो भी लेन देन करनी है वह मधुबन के वायुमण्डल में करते हैं , हर साल करते हैं . turn by turn bhī ātē haĩ lēkin jō bhī lēn dēn karnī hai vah madhuban K|kē vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ kartē haĩ , har|her sāl kartē haĩ . tum by tum bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you by you too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that too x gift do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that Madhuban (K|of) atmosphere in do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) year do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
339You come here turn by turn and whatever exchange has to take place, you do that in the atmosphere of Madhuban; you do this every year.
266यह विधि बापदादा को पसन्द है और परिवार से मिल लेते हैं . yah vidhi bāpdādā kō pasand hai aur parivār sē mil lētē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . this method BapDada to love be[pres.sg.23] and family from receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
340BapDada likes this method and you also meet the family.
267बहुत अच्छा है विदेश में अभी बापदादा ने देखा है कि जो बापदादा ने कहा कि आसपास कोई छोटे स्थान भी नहीं रहने चाहिए , तो बापदादा ने रिजल्ट में देखा है कि अभी छोटे छोटे स्थानों में भी आसपास वृद्धि हो रही है . bahut achchhā hai vidēśh mē̃ abhī bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki jō bāpdādā nē kahā ki āspās kōī chhōṭē sthān bhī nahī̃ rahnē chāhiē , tō bāpdādā nē result mē̃ dēkhā hai ki abhī chhōṭē chhōṭē sthānō̃ mē̃ bhī āspās vr̥iddhi hō rahī hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ās-pās kōī[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[.oblig3] , tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] result mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ās-pās vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . very achcha be[pres.sg.23] abroad in now BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that that BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that x some small place too not remain[.oblig3] , then BapDada ∅ result in see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that now small small place in too x growth be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
341Very good. 342BapDada has seen in the results that there is expansion even in the smaller places nearby.
268इसलिए बापदादा सेवा की मुबारक दे रहे हैं और निर्विघ्न बनने की जो आपस में रूहरिहान करते हैं वह भी अच्छी है , अभी सिर्फ जयन्ती बच्ची को काम है कि हर मास हर सेन्टर की रिजल्ट पूछती रहे , जो मधुबन से रिफ्रेशमेंट ली वह कायम है या कोई पेपर है ? isliē bāpdādā sēvā key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ aur nirvighna bannē key|kī jō āpas mē̃ rūhrihān kartē haĩ vah bhī achchhī hai , abhī sirph jayantī bachchī kō kām hai ki har|her mās har|her centre key|kī result pūchhtī rahē , jō madhuban sē refreshment lī vah kāyam hai yā kōī paper hai ? isliē bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur nirvighna[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jō[pn.;d.] āpas mē̃[x] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her centre key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result pūchhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] refreshment lēnā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] kāyam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kōī[pn.;d.] paper hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? therefore BapDada service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and free from obstacles become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that with each other spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too achcha be[pres.sg.23] , now only Jayanti girl to (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] that (x[root]|x) (x|month) (x[root]|x) centre (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result ask[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , that Madhuban from x take[past-part.f.] that x be[pres.sg.23] or some paper be[pres.sg.23] ?
343This is why BapDada is giving congratulations for service. 344The heart-to-heart conversations that you have among yourselves for becoming free from obstacles is also good. 345Now, daughter Jayanti has this work to do: To ask all the centres for their results every month, whether the refreshment that they took from Madhuban is still with them or whether they are having some test papers.
269साथी बना दे भले किसको . sāthī banā dē bhalē kiskō . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] . companion (become[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[opt.sg.23.root+dēnā]) benefit who[.kō] .
346You can get someone to work with you on this.
270करते रहते हैं . kartē rahtē haĩ . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
347You do do this.
271एक एक सेन्टर का करना , ऐसे नहीं जहाँ कुछ होता हो वह नहीं , लेकिन जहाँ नहीं होता है उन्हों से भी . ēk ēk centre kā karnā , aisē nahī̃ jahā̃ kuchh hōtā hō vah nahī̃ , lēkin jahā̃ nahī̃ hōtā hai unhō̃ sē bhī . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , aisē nahī̃[x] jahā̃ kuchh hōnā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin jahā̃ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] . one one centre of do[inf.m.sg.d.] , it isn't that where there anything be[x] that not , but where there not be[pres.sg.m.23] that from too . 272क्योंकि दूर रहते हैं ना . kyōṅki dūr rahtē haĩ nā . kyōṅki dūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . because distant remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
348Do it for each and every centre. 349It should not be just the centres where something is happening, but also ask the centres where there is nothing happening because they live far away.
273अटेन्शन है , बापदादा ने देखा है अटेन्शन है लेकिन और भी थोड़ा बढ़ा देना . attention hai , bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai attention hai lēkin aur bhī thōṛā baṛhā dēnā . attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aur bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|baṛhānā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . attention be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] attention be[pres.sg.23] but and too short (grow[past-part.m.sg.d.]|increase[root]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
350You do have this attention. 351BapDada has seen that you do have this attention, but now increase this a bit more.
274अच्छा , सभी फारेनर्स उड़ता पंछी सदृश्य उड़ते रहते हैं ? achchhā , sabhī foreigners uṛtā pañchhī sadr̥iśhya uṛtē rahtē haĩ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] foreigner uṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] pañchhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadr̥iśhya uṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ? achcha , all foreigner fly[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bird like fly[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ?
352Achcha. 353Do all the foreigners continue to fly like the flying birds?
275फरिश्ता , फरिश्ता बनके इस दुनिया में रहते हुए भी फरिश्ता लोक में उड़ते रहते हैं ! phariśhtā , phariśhtā bankē is duniyā mē̃ rahtē huē bhī phariśhtā lōk mē̃ uṛtē rahtē haĩ ! phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.o.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lōk[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ! angel , angel become[abs.] this world in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too angel x in fly[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] !
354Angels, while living in this world like angels, you continue to fly in the world of angels.
276पुरूषार्थ में नम्बरवन हैं लेकिन अटेन्शन खींचने से परिवर्तन हो जाता है . purūṣhārth mē̃ number one haĩ lēkin attention khīñchnē sē parivartan hō jātā hai . puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin attention khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . effort in number one be[pres.pl.12hon3] but attention pull[inf.m.pl.,o.] from transformation be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
355You are number one in your efforts and by drawing attention, transformation takes place.
277वृद्धि भी अच्छी हो रही है , पुरूषार्थ में भी अटेन्शन देते हैं फिर थोड़ा थोड़ा हो भी जाता है तो बाप ने देखा है कि जनक बच्ची का अटेन्शन फारेन के तरफ अच्छा रहता है , मधुबन में रहते भी फारेन की सेवा में कमी नहीं करती है . vr̥iddhi bhī achchhī hō rahī hai , purūṣhārth mē̃ bhī attention dētē haĩ phir thōṛā thōṛā hō bhī jātā hai tō bāp nē dēkhā hai ki janak bachchī kā attention foreign K|kē taraph achchhā rahtā hai , madhuban mē̃ rahtē bhī foreign key|kī sēvā mē̃ kamī nahī̃ kartī hai . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] attention dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention foreign K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] foreign key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . growth too achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , effort in too attention give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) short short (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) too go[pres.sg.m.23] then father ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Janak girl of attention abroad (K|of) direction achcha remain[pres.sg.m.23] , Madhuban in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too abroad (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service in x not do[pres.sg.f.23] .
356Expansion is taking place well and you also pay attention to your effort. 357Then, if something happens a little, the Father has seen that child Janak pays very good attention abroad. 358While living in Madhuban, she makes sure nothing is missing in the service abroad.
278इसके लिए मुबारक हो . iskē liē mubārak hō . yah[pn.sg.kē] liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this[.kē] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
359Congratulations for that.
279हर एक अपने ज़ोन जैसे यहाँ रहते वह विदेश में कर सकती है , वैसे हर एक ज़ोन इन्चार्ज अपने ज़ोन की इतनी सम्भाल करते रहें , हर एक सेन्टर का रिकार्ड पूछते रहने से पता पड़ेगा कि कैसे है , कम से कम हर मास में एक दो बारी जो जोन हैं उसको अपने सेवाकेन्द्रों का पता करना चाहिए , चाहे अपने साथी बना दो . har ēk apnē zone jaisē yahā̃ rahtē vah vidēśh mē̃ kar saktī hai , vaisē har ēk zone incharge apnē zone key|kī itnī sambhāl kartē rahē̃ , har ēk centre kā record pūchhtē rahnē sē patā paṛēgā ki kaisē hai , kam sē kam har|her mās mē̃ ēk dō bārī jō zone haĩ uskō apnē sēvākēndrō̃ kā patā karnā chāhiē , chāhē apnē sāthī banā dō . har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] zone incharge apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , har ēk[x] centre kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kam sē kam[x] harnā[root]|har|her māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] zone hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvākēndra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . each one one’s own zone like here remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that abroad in do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , x each one zone x one’s own zone (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) such (x|be careful[root]) do[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , each one centre of record ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] from knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23] that how be[pres.sg.23] , at least (x[root]|x) (x|month) in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x that zone be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] one’s own centre of knowledge (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) one’s own companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
360Just as she is looking after the lands abroad, in the same way, each "zone-in-charge" can look after their zone in the same way. 361By asking about the record at each centre you will know how everything is. 362At the very least, each zone has to ask about their centres at least once or twice a month or you can make someone your companion.
280एक दो नहीं कर सकेंगे लेकिन अपने साथी बना दो वह साथी आपको रिपोर्ट देवे . ēk dō nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē lēkin apnē sāthī banā dō vah sāthī āpkō report dēvē . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] vah[pn.sg.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] report dēnā[opt.sg.23] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] but one’s own companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] that companion you[.kō] report give[opt.sg.23] .
363One or two may not be able to do this, but by making someone your companion, they can report to you.
281अभी समय नाजुक आ रहा है ना इसलिए अटेन्शन थोड़ा ज्यादा चाहिए . abhī samay nājuk ā rahā hai nā isliē attention thōṛā jyādā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nāzuk[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā isliē attention thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . now time x come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ therefore attention short more (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
364Now, delicate times are coming and this is why you have to pay a little more attention.
282अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
365Achcha.
283फारेन वालों को बापदादा दिल से मुबारक और पुरूषार्थ में चढ़ती कला की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . foreign vālō̃ kō bāpdādā dil sē mubārak aur purūṣhārth mē̃ chaṛhtī kalā key|kī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . foreign vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] chaṛhtī kalā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . abroad those who to BapDada heart from congratulations and effort in stage of ascent (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
366BapDada is giving congratulations from His heart to those from abroad and also giving congratulations for the ascending stage.
284अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
367Achcha.
285अभी बापदादा दूर वालों को भी सामने देख रहे हैं और बापदादा एक तो सर्व बच्चों को यह 75 वर्ष के जुबिली की , पुरूषार्थ कर इस जुबिली तक पहुंचे हैं इसकी मुबारक बहुत बहुत दे रहे हैं . abhī bāpdādā dūr vālō̃ kō bhī sāmnē dēkh rahē haĩ aur bāpdādā ēk tō sarv bachchō̃ kō yah 75 varṣh K|kē jubilee key|kī , purūṣhārth kar is jubilee tak pahuñchē haĩ iskī mubārak bahut bahut dē rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā dūr[adj.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sāmnē dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur bāpdādā ēk[adj.] tō sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] 75 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jubilee[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , puruṣhārth karnā[root] yah[pn.sg.o.] jubilee[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bahut bahut dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now BapDada distant those who to too x see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and BapDada one then all child to this 75 year (K|of) x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , effort do[root] this x until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this[.kī] congratulations very very give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
368Now, BapDada is seeing in front of Him those who are far away and for the 75th Jubilee, BapDada is giving congratulations to all the children because you have all made effort and arrived here.
286हर एक का इसमें सहयोग है , चाहे पीछे आये हैं चाहे आगे आये हैं लेकिन सबके सहयोग से यहाँ तक पहुंचे हैं और बापदादा जगह जगह के प्रोग्राम की सफलता देख , सेवा के सफलता की भी मुबारक दे रहे हैं . har ēk kā ismē̃ sahyōg hai , chāhē pīchhē āyē haĩ chāhē āgē āyē haĩ lēkin sabkē sahyōg sē yahā̃ tak pahuñchē haĩ aur bāpdādā jagah jagah K|kē programme key|kī saphaltā dēkh , sēvā K|kē saphaltā key|kī bhī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pīchhē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē āgē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahā̃ tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāpdādā jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one of this[.mē̃] cooperation be[pres.sg.23] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) previously come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but everyone's cooperation from here until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and BapDada x x (K|of) programme (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) success see[root] , service (K|of) success (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
369Each one has helped in this, whether you have come later or earlier, but you have all reached here with everyone's co-operation and, seeing the success of all the different places, BapDada is giving congratulations for the success in service.
287बापदादा अभी सभी बच्चों को एक ही श्रेष्ठ संकल्प सुनाने चाहते हैं कि अभी स्वयं भी निर्विघ्न रहो और अपने साथियों को , सम्बन्ध में आने वालों को भी निर्विघ्न बनाओ . bāpdādā abhī sabhī bachchō̃ kō ēk hī śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp sunānē chāhtē haĩ ki abhī svayã bhī nirvighna rahō aur apnē sāthiyō̃ kō , sambandh mē̃ ānē vālō̃ kō bhī nirvighna banāō . bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] svayã bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada now all child to one only elevated thought speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now x too free from obstacles remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own companion to , relationship in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to too free from obstacles create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
370BapDada now wishes to relate one elevated thought to all the children: Now, you have to remain free from obstacles yourself and also make your companions and those who come into relationship with you free from obstacles.
288समय को समीप लाओ . samay kō samīp lāō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
371Bring the time close.
289दुःख और अशान्ति बापदादा बच्चों का देख नहीं सकता . duḥkh aur aśhānti bāpdādā bachchō̃ kā dēkh nahī̃ saktā . duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (hurt[root]|sorrow) and peacelessness BapDada child of see[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
372BapDada cannot bear to see the children in sorrow and peacelessness.
290अभी अपना राज्य जल्दी से जल्दी धरनी पर लाओ . abhī apnā rājya jaldī sē jaldī dharnī par lāō . ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom very quickly from very quickly (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (at|other) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
373Now, bring your kingdom onto this earth as quickly as possible.
291बापदादा को हर बच्चा प्यारा है , लास्ट नम्बर बच्चा जो है वह भी प्यारा है क्योंकि कमज़ोर है ना . bāpdādā kō har|her bachchā pyārā hai , last number bachchā jō hai vah bhī pyārā hai kyōṅki kamzōr hai nā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , last number bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . BapDada to (x[root]|x) child loving be[pres.sg.23] , last number child that be[pres.sg.23] that too loving be[pres.sg.23] because weak be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
374BapDada loves every child; even the last number child is very much loved because he is weak.
292तो कमज़ोर पर और ही रहम ज्यादा आता है . tō kamzōr par aur hī rahm jyādā ātā hai . tō kamjōr[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] aur hī[p.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then weak (at|other) and only mercy more come[pres.sg.m.23] .
375So, there is greater mercy for those who are weak.
293आप सभी भी कैसी भी स्थिति वाला , स्वभाव वाला हो लेकिन हमारा है , जैसे बाप हमारा है , वैसे परिवार हमारा है , तो उसके स्वभाव संस्कार न देख उनको और ही सहयोग दो , सदभावना दो , शुभ भावना दो . āp sabhī bhī kaisī bhī sthiti vālā , svabhāv vālā hō lēkin hamārā hai , jaisē bāp hamārā hai , vaisē parivār hamārā hai , tō uskē svabhāv saṅskār na dēkh unkō aur hī sahyōg dō , sadbhāvnā dō , śhubh bhāvnā dō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō uskā[pn.sg.kē] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] na[neg] dēkhnā[root] vah[pn.pl.kō] aur hī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , sadbhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . you all too how too stage those who , nature those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] , like father we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] , x family we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] , then of that[.kē] nature sanskar not see[root] that[.kō] and only cooperation (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , good wishes (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , pure feeling (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
376No matter what your stage or nature is like, you are still Mine. 377Just as the Father is yours, in the same way, the family is yours. 378So, do not see the nature and sanskars of that one but give extra co-operation instead. 379Have good wishes, have pure feelings.
294अच्छा सामने वाले बच्चों को या दूर बैठे देखने वाले बच्चों को बापदादा एक एक बच्चे को अपने सामने देख दृष्टि भी दे रहे हैं और मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं . achchhā sāmnē vālē bachchō̃ kō yā dūr baiṭhē dēkhnē vālē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā ēk ēk bachchē kō apnē sāmnē dēkh dr̥iṣhṭi bhī dē rahē haĩ aur mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāmnē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yā dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē dēkhnā[root] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha x those who child to or distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to BapDada one one child to one’s own x see[root] drishti too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
380Achcha, seeing the children in front and also the children sitting far away and watching Baba, BapDada is seeing each child in front of Him and giving drishti and also giving congratulations.
295अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
381Achcha.
296आप सभी को तो बहुत मुबारक मिल गई . āp sabhī kō tō bahut mubārak mil gaī . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] tō bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . you all to then very congratulations receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
382All of you have received lots of congratulations.
297सभी की मुबारक आपको भी मिली ना . sabhī key|kī mubārak āpkō bhī milī nā . sab[adv.hī] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] milnā[past-part.f.] nā . all (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations you[.kō] too receive[past-part.f.] ∅ .
383You all received congratulations for everything, did you not?
298अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
384Achcha.
299नीलू बहन ने बापदादा को नेपाल का समाचार सुनाया : एक एक को मुबारक देना . nīlū bahan nē bāpdādā kō nēpāl kā samāchār sunāyā : ēk ēk kō mubārak dēnā . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] : ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x x ∅ BapDada to x of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] : one one to congratulations give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
385Neeluben gave BapDada news of Nepal: Give congratulations to each one.
300सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हैं . sēvā achchhī kar rahē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
386They are doing good service.
301लगन से कर रहे हैं , उसका फल तो निकलेगा ना . lagan sē kar rahē haĩ , uskā phal tō nikalēgā nā . lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . love from do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that[.kā] fruit then be extracted[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
387They are doing it with deep love and so they will receive the fruit of that, will they not?
302मोहिनी बहन से : अपने को चलाना आ गया ? mōhinī bahan sē : apnē kō chalānā ā gayā ? mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? x x from : one’s own to x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?
388Speaking to Mohiniben:Do you now know how to move along?
303 ( सीढ़ी नहीं चढ़ सकती हूँ ) पैदल ज्यादा करो . ( sīṛhī nahī̃ chaṛh saktī hū̃ ) paidal jyādā karō . ( sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] chaṛhnā[pres.sg.f.1.root+saknā] ) paidal jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( ladder not climb[pres.sg.f.1.root+saknā] ) by foot more do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
389(I cannot climb the stairs.) 390Walk a little more.
304अगर पैदल कर सकती हो तो पैदल करने से टांगों में ताकत आयेगी . agar paidal kar saktī hō tō paidal karnē sē ṭāṅgō̃ mē̃ tākat āyēgī . agar paidal karnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] tō paidal karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ṭāṅg[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . if by foot do[pres.pl.f.2.root+saknā] then by foot do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from leg in power come[fut.f.sg.23] .
391If you are able to walk, then, by walking, your legs will get stronger.
305थोड़ी थोड़ी सीढ़ी चढ़के देखो . thōṛī thōṛī sīṛhī chaṛhkē dēkhō . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chaṛhnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . short short ladder climb[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
392Try climbing a few steps.
306पैदल करके फिर तीन चार सीढ़ी चढ़ो तो फर्क आ जायेगा . paidal karkē phir tīn chār sīṛhī chaṛhō tō phark ā jāyēgā . paidal karnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chaṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . by foot do[abs.] (then|turn[root]) x four ladder climb[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then difference come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
393After walking, climb a few steps and there will be a difference.
307रूकमणि दादी से : आदि रत्नों में हो , तीव्र पुरूषार्थ है , बहुत अच्छा . Rūkmaṇi dādī sē : ādi ratnō̃ mē̃ hō , tīvr purūṣhārth hai , bahut achchhā . x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x Dadi from : etc. jewel in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , intense effort be[pres.sg.23] , very achcha .
394To Rukmani Dadi:You are one of the original jewels. 395You are making intense effort. 396Very good.
308दिल्ली तो सबके दिल में हैं . dillī tō sabkē dil mē̃ haĩ . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Delhi then everyone's heart in be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 309क्योंकि सबको राज्य तो वहाँ ही आके करना है . kyōṅki sabkō rājya tō vahā̃ hī ākē karnā hai . kyōṅki sabkō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō vahā̃ hī[p.] ānā[abs.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because everything kingdom then there only come[abs.] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
397Delhi is in everyone's heart because everyone has to go there to rule.
310तो दिल्ली को ऐसा करो जो निर्विघ्न कोई विघ्न नहीं , ऐसा बनाओ . tō dillī kō aisā karō jō nirvighna kōī vighna nahī̃ , aisā banāō . tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] nirvighna[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then Delhi to such do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that free from obstacles some obstacle not , such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
398Now, let Delhi become free from obstacles; there should be no obstacles. 399Make it like that.
311सब मिल करके आपस में ऐसा प्रोग्राम बनाओ जो कोई भी बात हो , उसी समय खत्म . sab mil karkē āpas mē̃ aisā programme banāō jō kōī bhī bāt hō , usī samay khatm . sab[adj.] milnā[root] karnā[abs.] āpas mē̃[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . all receive[root] do[abs.] with each other such programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that anyone matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.hī] time finished .
400Everyone together should make a programme so that when there is any problem, it finishes there and then.
312अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
401Achcha.
313दादी जानकी से : ( बाबा आप बहुत अच्छी अच्छी बातें सुनाते हैं ) सुनायें नहीं तो सम्पन्न कैसे बनें . dādī jānkī sē : ( bābā āp bahut achchhī achchhī bātē̃ sunātē haĩ ) sunāyē̃ nahī̃ tō sampann kaisē banē̃ . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : ( bābā āp[pn.pl.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] nahī̃ tō[x] sampann[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . Dadi x from : ( Baba you very achcha achcha matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) speak[opt.pl.12hon3] otherwise full how become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
402To Dadi Janki:(Baba, You tell us many very good things.) 403How can you become complete if Baba wouldn't tell you?
314अभी तो बापदादा चाहते हैं जल्दी जल्दी सम्पन्न बनें . abhī tō bāpdādā chāhtē haĩ jaldī jaldī sampann banē̃ . ab[adv.hī] tō bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jaldī jaldī sampann[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now then BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very quickly very quickly full become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
404BapDada now wants you to quickly become complete.
315 ( दादी जानकी अभी मधुबन में बैठकर सेवा करेंगी ) यह रह भी नहीं सकती है . ( dādī jānkī abhī madhuban mē̃ baiṭhkar sēvā karē̃gī ) yah rah bhī nahī̃ saktī hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] rahnā[root] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( Dadi x now Madhuban in sit[abs.] service do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ) this remain[root] too not can[pres.sg.f.23] .
405(Dadi Janki will now do service while staying in Madhuban.) 406She cannot stay without it.
316कुछ समय एक जगह भले रहे , चक्र भी लगाये , रहे भी . kuchh samay ēk jagah bhalē rahē , chakra bhī lagāyē , rahē bhī . kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] , chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] . anything time one x benefit (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) , (x|cycle) too attach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) too . 317कुछ टाइम रहने दो . kuchh time rahnē dō . kuchh time rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . anything time remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] .
407Let her stay in one place for some time. 408She can tour around and also stay in one place for some time.
318परदादी से : देखो , इसकी कमाल है भले आयु बढ़ती जाती है , बीमारी भी है लेकिन शक्ल नहीं बदलती है . pardādī sē : dēkhō , iskī kamāl hai bhalē āyu baṛhtī jātī hai , bīmārī bhī hai lēkin śhakla nahī̃ badaltī hai . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.kī] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āyu[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] , bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin śhakla[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this[.kī] x be[pres.sg.23] benefit x grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] , illness too be[pres.sg.23] but face not change[pres.sg.f.23] .
409To Par Dadi:Look, it is her wonder that her age is increasing, her illness is increasing and yet her face doesn't change.
319शक्ल में सयानापन है . śhakla mē̃ sayānāpan hai . śhakla[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sayānāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . face in wisdom be[pres.sg.23] .
410There is wisdom in your face.
320अच्छी है . achchhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
411You are good.
321डा . निर्मला बहन से : दोनों तरफ अच्छा सम्भालती है . ḍā . Nirmalā bahan sē : dōnō̃ taraph achchhā sambhāltī hai . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Nirmalā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : dōnō̃ taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambhālnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x . Nirmala x from : x direction achcha be careful[pres.sg.f.23] .
412To Dr Nirmala:You are looking after both sides very well.
322जैसे यह सम्भालती है वैसे आप भी सम्भालती हो . jaisē yah sambhāltī hai vaisē āp bhī sambhāltī hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sambhālnā[pres.sg.f.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.f.2] . like this be careful[pres.sg.f.23] x you too be careful[pres.pl.f.2] .
413Just as this one is looking after everything, so you are also looking after both.
323तीनों भाईयों से : अभी जैसे दादियों के ऊपर अटेन्शन है ऐसे आप तीनों पाण्डवों के ऊपर भी अटेन्शन है . tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ sē : abhī jaisē dādiyō̃ kē ūpar attention hai aisē āp tīnō̃ pāṇḍavō̃ kē ūpar bhī attention hai . tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] tīnō̃[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] bhī[p.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all three brother from : now like Dadi over attention be[pres.sg.23] such you all three Pandava over too attention be[pres.sg.23] .
414To the three Senior Brothers:Just as there is attention on the Dadis, in the same way, there is attention on you three Pandavas.
324तो कोई न कोई मिलने का प्रोग्राम कहाँ भी हो , फोन पर भी मीटिंग कर सकते हो . tō kōī na kōī milnē kā programme kahā̃ bhī hō , phone par bhī meeting kar saktē hō . tō kōī na kōī[x] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme kahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , phone par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then one .. or another receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of programme where too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (at|other) too meeting do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . 325जैसे विदेश वाले करते हैं ना . jaisē vidēśh vālē kartē haĩ nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . like abroad those who do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
415So, make a programme to meet no matter where you are. 416You can even have a meeting by phone, just as they do abroad.
326तो आप भी समझो हम जिम्मेवार हैं . tō āp bhī samjhō ham jimmēvār haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then you too understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
417You should also think that you are responsible.
327कोई भी बात हो , मीटिंग फोन में भी करके फैंसला दो . kōī bhī bāt hō , meeting phone mē̃ bhī karkē phaĩslā dō . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , meeting phone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[abs.] phaĩslā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . anyone matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , meeting x in too do[abs.] x (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
418If there is any situation, have a meeting by phone and give your decisions.
328टाइम नहीं लगे . time nahī̃ lagē . time nahī̃[neg] lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . time not (x|x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
419It should not take time.
329जल्दी जल्दी करेंगे ना तो निर्विघ्न होता जायेगा . jaldī jaldī karē̃gē nā tō nirvighna hōtā jāyēgā . jaldī jaldī karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . very quickly very quickly do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then free from obstacles be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
420If you do this often, everything will then continue to become free from obstacles.
330ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
421Is that all right?
331 ( रमेश भाई से ) तबियत ठीक है ? ( ramēśh bhāī sē ) tabiyat ṭhīk hai ? ( ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] ) tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? ( Rameshbhai from ) health OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
422(To Rameshbhai) Is your health OK?
332अच्छा है , जिम्मेवारी का ताज बापदादा और परिवार ने दिया है . achchhā hai , jimmēvārī kā tāj bāpdādā aur parivār nē diyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , responsibility of crown BapDada and family ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
423It is good. 424BapDada and the family have given you the crown of responsibility.
333कर भी रहे हो लेकिन थोड़ा जल्दी जल्दी आपस में मिलकर विचारों की लेन देन करो . kar bhī rahē hō lēkin thōṛā jaldī jaldī āpas mē̃ milkar vichārō̃ key|kī lēn dēn karō . karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaldī jaldī āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] vichār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but short very quickly very quickly with each other receive[abs.] x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x gift do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
425You are doing everything, but now get together a bit more often and share your ideas.
334जब यहाँ आते हो तब बैठते हो ना . jab yahā̃ ātē hō tab baiṭhtē hō nā . jab yahā̃ ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tab baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . when here come[pres.pl.m.2] for only then sit[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
426You sit together when you come here, do you not?
335वहाँ भी फोन से कर सकते हो . vahā̃ bhī phone sē kar saktē hō . vahā̃ bhī[p.] phone sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . there too x from do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
427There, too, you can do it by phone.
336फारेन वाले करते हैं ना . foreign vālē kartē haĩ nā . foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . abroad those who do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
428Those from abroad do it.
337मतलब कोई भी समस्या हो उसको जल्दी सुलझाओ . matlab kōī bhī samasyā hō uskō jaldī suljhāō . matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī bhī[x] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] jaldī suljhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x anyone problem (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kō] very quickly x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
429The main thing is that if there is a problem, resolve it quickly.
338लम्बा नहीं करो . lambā nahī̃ karō . lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
430Do not drag it out.
339यह आवे तो करें , नहीं , करके पूरा करो . yah āvē tō karē̃ , nahī̃ , karkē pūrā karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] , karnā[abs.] pūrā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this come[opt.sg.23] then do[opt.pl.12hon3] , not , do[abs.] make full .
431Do not think: We will resolve it when this one comes, no. 432Just finish it.
340 ( दादी जानकी जी अभी मधुबन में रहें तो सब यहाँ आयेंगे , विदेश में भले जाये ) यहाँ भी कहाँ कहाँ आवश्यकता होती है , यहाँ भी आवश्यकता तो है . ( dādī jānkī jī abhī madhuban mē̃ rahē̃ tō sab yahā̃ āyēṅgē , vidēśh mē̃ bhalē jāyē ) yahā̃ bhī kahā̃ kahā̃ āvaśhyaktā hōtī hai , yahā̃ bhī āvaśhyaktā tō hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] ab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] yahā̃ ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) yahā̃ bhī[p.] kahā̃ kahā̃ āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , yahā̃ bhī[p.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Dadi x (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) now Madhuban in remain[opt.pl.12hon3] then all here come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , abroad in benefit go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) here too where where need be[pres.sg.f.23] , here too need then be[pres.sg.23] .
433(If Dadi Janki stays in Madhuban, then it's easy for all (from India) to come here. 434But she can go abroad if needed.) 435There is a need here too.
341आशा बहन से : दिल्ली ठीक है ना ! āśhā bahan sē : dillī ṭhīk hai nā ! āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! desire x from : Delhi OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
436To Ashaben: Is Delhi OK?
342क्योंकि दिल्ली में सभी को राज्य में आना है तो दिल्ली को तो पावरफुल बनाना है . kyōṅki dillī mē̃ sabhī kō rājya mē̃ ānā hai tō dillī kō tō powerful banānā hai . kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] tō powerful banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because Delhi in all to kingdom in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then Delhi to then powerful create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
437Everyone has to come into the kingdom in Delhi and so Delhi has to be madepowerful.
343 ( ओ . आर . सी में प्रेजीडेंट आई थी , उनका एलबम बापदादा को दिखा रहे हैं ) ( ō . are|or . C|see|sī mē̃ president āī thī , unkā album bāpdādā kō dikhā rahē haĩ ) ( O . be|or . C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mē̃[postp.] president ānā[past-perf.f.] , vah[pn.pl.kā] album bāpdādā kō[postp.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) ( x . (be|x) . (x|see) in president come[past-perf.f.] , that[.kā] x BapDada to x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] )
438(The President had come to ORC, and BapDada was shown the album of those photos.)
439 * O M S H A N T I *